CONTENTS

Transcription

CONTENTS
CONTENTS
www.norgren.com
www.norgren.com
Introduction
ii
Actuators
1
Vacuum
55
Valves
61
Pressure switches
106
Air line equipment
108
Fittings, tubing and accessories
140
Index
171
i
Introduction
GET THE NORGREN ADVANTAGE
POPULAR RANGE
OF PROVEN PRODUCTS ...
Whether you’re working on the specification for your next project, or just need
to find a replacement part fast - look no further than Norgren.
We've brought together in this catalogue our most popular ranges of proven
and successful products.
Thousands of companies of all sizes, from all industries across the world rely
on these products every day to work efficiently and reliably, and to optimise
the performance of their machines. A two year warranty applies to all
Norgren products.
So when you choose Norgren, you know you're going to get the competitive
advantage that you need.
www.norgren.com
www.norgren.com
ii
AVAILABLE FROM STOCK TODAY
Thousands of core products are readily available to you through this
catalogue or to order online. These are either held in stock, or are quickly
configurable - eg valve islands and cylinders cut to length.
ENGINEERINGADVANTAGE
iii
Introduction
GO ONLINE TO NORGREN.COM
It's never been easier to browse, select and buy your pneumatic
components online, and benefit from user-friendly online tools and
services.
Norgren's unique online toolbox is available for business 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
>> Find products quickly using the online catalogue
>> Instant price and availability check - it only takes seconds
>> Buy online securely using your Norgren trade account
>> Check the status of ALL orders (phone, fax, online)
>> Download 2D and 3D CAD drawings in 15 formats
>> Get the latest Norgren literature, including technical datasheets
and new product colour brochures
>> Free and easy access to training modules and application examples
ONLINEADVANTAGE
1
2
3
1. Browse the catalogue
2. Select the product you need
3. Buy securely online
www.norgren.com
www.norgren.com
iv
re
www.no rg
n.com/aod
ANSWERS ON DEMAND
INSTANT PRICE, AVAILABILITY AND
ORDER STATUS
Answers on Demand (AOD) is a quick and easy way for you to access price,
availability and order status information by email 24 hours a day.
Check price & availability
>> Send a simple email showing the part numbers and quantities you
want. You will receive a complete quote within just a few seconds
directly to your inbox.
Track your orders
>> Keep up to date with the status of ALL your orders not only those
placed online. Simply send an email with your purchase order
number and receive line by line status of your order instantly.
Try AOD now. Visit www.norgren.com/aod for full details.
v
Introduction
TECHNICAL SERVICE AND SUPPORT
If you need help or want to talk to someone fast - talk to Norgren. Our
dedicated technical support specialists and customer service teams are
on the end of the phone and ready to help you with anything from price
and availability to expert product selection and advice on installation.
If you prefer, you can go online at any time to our popular FAQ area to get
answers to many common questions.
www.norgren.com
www.norgren.com
vi
INTERNATIONAL SALES AND SERVICES
AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 3 921 30 800
Fax: +61 3 921 30 890
[email protected]
HONG KONG
Tel: +852 2492 7608
Fax: +852 2498 5878
[email protected]
NORWAY
Tel: +47 67 90 82 01
Fax: +47 67 97 06 24
[email protected]
AUSTRIA
Tel: +43 22 36 63 520
Fax: +43 22 36 63 520 20
[email protected]
HUNGARY
Tel: +36 1 284 9000
Fax: +36 1 284 8980
[email protected]
POLAND
Tel: +48 22 518 9530
Fax: +48 22 518 9531
[email protected]
BELGIUM & LUXEMBURG
Tel: +32 2 333 44 11
Fax: +32 2 376 26 34
[email protected]
INDIA
Tel: +91 11 2681 7933
Fax: +91 11 2681 7932
[email protected].
SINGAPORE
Tel: +65 6862 1811
Fax: +65 6862 1916/17
[email protected]
BRAZIL
Tel: +55 11 5698 4000
Fax: +55 11 5698 4001
[email protected]
IRELAND
Tel: +353 1 8300 288
Fax: +353 1 8300 082
[email protected]
SLOVENIA
Tel: +386 4 531 7550
Fax: +386 4 531 7555
[email protected]
CHINA
Tel: +86 21 64 85 69 09
Fax: +86 21 64 95 60 42
[email protected]
ITALY
Tel: +39 039 60 631
Fax: +39 039 60 63 301
[email protected]
SPAIN
Tel: +34 93 748 9800
Fax: +34 93 783 0838
[email protected]
CZECH REPUBLIC
Tel: +420 465 612 879
Fax: +420 465 612 908
[email protected]
JAPAN
Tel: +81 6 6876 8913
Fax: +81 6 6876 8929
Japan@imi–norgren.com
SWEDEN
Tel: +46 40 59 51 00
Fax: +46 40 49 50 90
[email protected]
DENMARK
Tel: +45 44 91 41 66
Fax: +45 44 91 15 60
[email protected]
MALAYSIA
Tel: +60 3 5121 9255
Fax: +60 3 5121 2889
[email protected]
SWITZERLAND
Tel: +41 71 973 82 00
Fax: +41 71 973 82 01
[email protected]
FINLAND
Tel: +358 95 712 140
Fax: +358 95 712 1440
arki@imi–norgren.fi
MEXICO
Tel: +52 55 1500 64 00
Fax: +52 55 5565 70 72
[email protected]
UK
Tel: +44 1543 265 000
Fax: +44 1543 265 811
[email protected]
FRANCE
Tel: +33 1 60 05 92 12
Fax: +33 1 60 06 08 52
[email protected]
NETHERLANDS
Tel: +31 20 6822751
Fax: +31 20 6820983
[email protected]
USA
Tel: +1 303 794 2611
Fax: +1 303 795 9487
[email protected]
GERMANY
Commercial enquiries
Tel: 0180 566 7473
Technical enquiries
Tel: 0180 566 7474
Fax: +49 2802 49356
[email protected]
NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 579 0189
Fax: +64 9 526 3398
[email protected]
Independent Distributors
Argentina
Bahrain
Bolivia
Bosnia-Herzegovina
Bulgaria
Brunei
Channel Islands
Chile
Colombia
Costa Rica
Croatia
Cyprus
Dominican Rep.
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Greece
Guatemala
Honduras
Iceland
Indonesia
Iran
Israel
Jamaica
Korea
Kuwait
Nicaragua
Nigeria
Pakistan
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Portugal
Puerto Rico
Saudi Arabia
Slovakia
South Africa
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Arab Emirates
Uruguay
Venezuela
Vietnam
West Indies
Zimbabwe
++54 11 4756-1251
++973 225751/224214
++591 3 472 121
++38 771 650 271
++359 32903180
++673 3 330621
++44 1481 724642
++56 32 256521
++56 2 204 0788/1968
++57 1 292 5155
++506 220 0118
++386 (64) 700 09 49
++357 2 494123
++1809 565 4431
++1809 540 4858
++593-2-433-673
++202 2721617, 2706190
++503 298 1500
++30 210 522 1155
++502 331 05 46
++502 473 7388
++504 553 0932
++354 565 4904
++62 21-6385 8225
++6221 5366 1936
++98 21 889 9164
++98 21 878 4937
++972 3 540 0286
++1 809 969 0576
++82 2 2672 3671
++82 2 2678 8428
++965 3986083
++ 965 4332796
++505 2 673704
++234 1 7744273
++921 262 6623
++507 263 5337
++675 422602
++595 21 20 3465
++51 1 444 9704
++51 144 55593/53035
++63 2 525 3964
++351 787 8210
++1787 798 5454
++1787 831 4565
++1787 791 4000
++966 1 294 1588
++421 37 65 24 338
++27 11 894 4281
++27 11 975 9660
++27 (0)12 660 0767
++94 1 730343
++886 2 562 98 93
++886 2 6952881
++66 2 5191206
++66 2 3320103-4
++66 2 332 5555
++90 212 293 8870
++971 43 390044
++598 2 93 0030
++58 2 793 1141
++84 8 835 1916
++1809 652 4212
++1809 657-1987
++1868 674 3632
++263 751633-6
Contact Norgren worldwide on: [email protected]
vii
Introduction
PRODUCT FINDER
Actuators
Linear slides
Grippers
Switches
Pressure switches
see page 106
see page 5
see page 29
see page 37
see page 52
Directional control valves
Proportional valves
Non return valves
Flow control valves
Air line equipment
Vacuum
see page 55
see page 64
see page 84
see page 97
see page 99
See page 108
Fittings
Tubing
Accessories
see page 141
see page 166
see page 167
www.norgren.com
www.norgren.com
viii
Actuators
Roundline
cylinders
RM/59100/C
RM/28000/M
RT/57100/M
Ø 2,5 ... 4 mm
ISO 6432
Ø 10 ... 25 mm
Ø 10 ... 40 mm
Page 5
Page 6
Page 8
RM/8000/M
RT/57200/M
RM/55401/M
VSM/55600/N2
ISO 6432
Ø 10 ... 25 mm
Ø 8 ... 63 mm
Ø 32 ... 100 mm
Hollow piston rod cylinders
Ø 25 & 40 mm
Page 7
Page 9
Page 10
Page 11
RA/191000/M
RA/193000/M
RM/91000/M
M/50100
Ø 20 ... 63 mm
Ø 8 ... 63 mm
Page 12
Page 16
Page 18
RA/192000/M
RM/92000
M/50200
ISO 21287
Ø 20 ... 125 mm
Ø 12 ... 100 mm
Ø 8 ... 63 mm
Page 14
Page 17
Page 18
PRA/182000,../M
PVA/182000/M
RA/8000,../M
ISO, VDMA, NFE
Ø 32 ... 125 mm
ISO, VDMA, NFE
Ø 32 ... 100
ISO, VDMA, NFE
Ø 32 ... 320 mm
(including cylinders
conforming to Standard
ISO 6432)
Compact
cylinders
(including cylinders
conforming to Standards
ISO 21287)
Profile cylinders
Tie-rod cylinders
ISO 21287
Ø 20 ... 63 mm
PRA/181000/M
ISO, VDMA, NFE
Ø 32 ... 100 mm
(all conforming to
Standards
ISO 6431
VDMA 24562
NFE 49 003-1)
Page 19
Single acting
Page 20
Page 23
Page 24
Double acting
1
Actuators
LINTRA®
Pneumatic rodless
cylinders
Slide tables
Cylinders with
guiding
Double acting
2
M/44000/M
A44000
M/46000,../M
LINTRA® -Compact
Ø 25 ... 40 mm
LINTRA®-LITE
Ø 25 ... 40 mm
Internal guided
Ø 16 ... 80 mm
Page 26
Page 27
Page 28
M/46100,../M
M/46200,../M
External guided
Ø 16 ... 80 mm
Precision roller guided
Ø 25 ... 63 mm
Page 28
Page 28
M/261000/M
M/261100/M
M/261200/M
M/261300/M
Slide tables
Ø 6 ... 16 mm
Slide tables
Ø 10 ... 12 mm
Slide tables
Ø 8 ... 20 mm
Slide tables
Ø 10 ... 16 mm
Page 29
Page 30
Page 31
Page 32
M/261400/M
M/61200/M,../MR
Slide tables
Ø 6 mm
Slide tables
Ø 16 ... 32 mm
Page 33
Page 36
M/60100/M
M/61000/M,../MR
Slide units
Ø 10 ... 40 mm
Guiding and stopper cylinders
Ø 32 ... 100 mm
Page 34
Page 35
Grippers
M/160300/M/11
M/160300/M/12
M/160340/M/11
M/160340/M/12
Angular grippers
Ø 8 ... 25 mm
Parallel grippers
Ø 10 ... 25 mm
Page 37
Page 39
M/160330/M/12
M/160350/M/11
M/160350/M/12
M/160360/M/12
M/160380/M/12
Parallel grippers
Ø 8 ... 12 mm
Parallel grippers
Ø 16 ... 20 mm
Page 40
Page 41
Page 42
M/60210/M
M/60270/M
M/60280
Miniature rotary actuators
0,23 ... 1,0 Nm/6 bar
Compact rotary actuators
1,5 ... 7,4 Nm/6 bar
Rotary vane actuator
0,2 ... 9,3 Nm/6 bar
Page 44
Page 45
Page 46
Angular grippers
Ø 16 ... 20 mm
Page 38
Parallel grippers
Ø 8 ... 50 mm
M/160390/M/12
Parallel grippers
Ø 12 ... 25 mm
Page 43
Rotary
actuators
(including actuators
conforming to Standards
ISO 6431 – pitch
dimensions
VDMA 24562 – pitch
dimensions)
M/162000/MI
Rack & pinion type,
ISO, VDMA,
7,2 ... 306 Nm/6 bar
Page 47
Single acting
Double acting
3
Actuators
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
materials:
AISI 303
AISI 304
AISI 316
Special products
Switches
(Reed and solid state)
Vacuum
products
KM/8000/M
KM/55001/M
Stainless steel,
ISO 6432
Ø 12 ... 25 mm
Stainless steel, ISO 6431
Ø 32 ... 125 mm
Page 48
Page 49
PM/31000
M/31000
Compact air bellows
Ø 2ª ... 12 inch
Air bellows, serviceable
Ø 6 ... 26 inch
Page 50
Page 51
M/50 (Reed)
M/50/EA.. (Solid state)
QM/32 (Reed)
QM/132 (Solid state)
TQM/31 (Reed)
TQM/33 (Reed)
M/369, M/370 (Reed)
M/345 (Solid state)
M/346 (Reed & Solid state)
M/4... (Solid state)
Page 52
Page 53
Page 54
M/58112
M/58102
M/58300, M/58400
Single stage vacuum pumps
Vacuum pumps
-0,85 ... -0,9 bar
Flat and bellows cups
Ø 6 ... 150 mm
M/58028/VB, ... /VF
M/58027/VAP/P, ... /VAN/P
M/58024/VB, ... /VF
Vacuum switches
Page 55
Single acting
Double acting
4
Page 56
Page 57
Page 58
MINIATURE ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS
RM/59100/C
Single acting
Ø 2,5 & 4 mm
Ideal for very light load
applications such as function
testing mobile phones and
keyboards
Low friction characteristics mean
high speeds
No fittings required - all types
feature one integral push on
barbed connector
Long service life and corrosion
resistant materials mean low
cost of ownership
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD MODELS
Ø mm
Theoretical forces (N) at 6 bar
Outstroke
F1
2,9
0,7
7,6
1,2
2,5
4
Model
RM/59102/C/*
RM/59104/C/*
F1 = Return force of spring (N)
* Insert stroke length in mm from table below.
Service kits are not available for these cylinders.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
5
10
15
20
2,5
4
º
º
º
º
º
º
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
3,5 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Air supply must be dry enough to avoid ice
formation at temperatures below +2°C
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en005
5
Actuators
ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (ISO)
RM/28000/M
Single acting, ISO 6432
Ø 10 to 25 mm
Magnetic piston as standard
Generally conforms to ISO 6432
High strength, double crimped
end cap design
Corrosion resistant
Nose mounting nut and
piston rod locknut as standard
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
10
12
16
20
25
Piston
rod Ø
Port size
4
6
6
8
10
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
STANDARD STROKES
Model
RM/28010/M/*
RM/28012/M/*
RM/28016/M/*
RM/28020/M/*
RM/28025/M/*
Ø
10
25
50
10
12
16
20
25
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
* Insert stroke length in mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Service kits are not available for these cylinders.
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Operation:
Single acting (sprung in), magnetic
piston, buffer cushioning
With plug-in
cable
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
Reed
Solid state
-10°C to +80°C max.
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
MOUNTINGS
Ø
AK
B, G
C
F
FH
L
L2
10
12
16
20
25
QM/8010/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
M/P19407
M/P19408
M/P19408
M/P19409
M/P19409
M/P19369
M/P19389
M/P19389
M/P19406
M/P19406
QM/8010/25
QM/8012/25
QM/8012/25
QM/8020/25
QM/8025/25
–
QM/8012/34
QM/8012/34
QM/8020/34
QM/8020/34
QM/947
QM/8012/24
QM/8012/24
QM/8020/24
QM/8020/24
QM/8010/44
QM/8012/44
QM/8012/44
QM/8020/44
QM/8020/44
Ø
N
UF
Switch mounting brackets #
∫ 15 mm stroke
Switch mounting brackets #
< 15 mm stroke
10
12
16
20
25
M/P1501/90
M/P13834
M/P13834
M/P13615
M/P13615
QM/8010/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/016/23
QM/33/020/23
QM/33/025/23
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
6
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en006
ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS (ISO)
RM/8000/M
Double acting, ISO 6432
Ø 10 to 25 mm
STANDARD MODELS
Magnetic piston as standard
Conforms to ISO 6432
High strength, double crimped
end cap design
Corrosion resistant
Buffer or adjustable
cushioning
Nose mounting nut and piston
rod locknut as standard
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port size
Model
Buffer cushioning
Adjustable cushioning
10
12
16
20
25
4
6
6
8
10
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
RM/8010/M/*
RM/8012/M/*
RM/8016/M/*
RM/8020/M/*
RM/8025/M/*
RM/8017/M/*
RM/8021/M/*
RM/8026/M/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Service kits are not available for these cylinders.
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD STROKES
STANDARD STROKES
(buffer cushioning) RM/8010, 12, 16, 20, 25
(adjustable cushioning) RM/8017, 21, 26
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, magnetic piston
with buffer or adjustable
cushioning
Ø
10
25
40
50
80
100 125 160 200 250
Ø
25
40
50
80
100 125 160 200 250
10
12
16
20
25
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
16
20
25
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
With integral
cable
Operating temperature:
With plug-in
cable
-10°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
MOUNTINGS
10
12
16
20
25
10
12
16
20
25
AK
B, G
C
F
FH
L
L2
QM/8010/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
M/P19407
M/P19408
M/P19408
M/P19409
M/P19409
M/P19369
M/P19389
M/P19389
M/P19406
M/P19406
QM/8010/25
QM/8012/25
QM/8012/25
QM/8020/25
QM/8025/25
–
QM/8012/34
QM/8012/34
QM/8020/34
QM/8020/34
QM/947
QM/8012/24
QM/8012/24
QM/8020/24
QM/8020/24
QM/8010/44
QM/8012/44
QM/8012/44
QM/8020/44
QM/8020/44
N
UF
Guide block
Switch mounting brackets #
∫ 15 mm stroke
Switch mounting brackets #
< 15 mm stroke
M/P1501/90
M/P13834
M/P13834
M/P13615
M/P13615
QM/8010/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
–
QM/8012/61/*
QM/8012/61/*
QM/8020/61/*
QM/8025/61/*
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/016/23
QM/33/020/23
QM/33/025/23
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
* Insert standard stroke length: Ø 12 mm: 50, 100, 160, 200 and 250 mm; Ø 16 to 25 mm: 50, 100, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400 and 500 mm
Other stroke length are not available, use nearest standard stroke.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en007
7
Actuators
ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS
RT/57100/M
Single acting
Ø 10 to 40 mm
One fifth shorter than the basic
length of a corresponding
ISO/VDMA cylinder
Low friction, long life seals
High strength, double crimped
end cap design
Standard magnetic piston for full
control system versatility
Non-lube operation
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Side port, integral eye mounting
Sprung in
10
16
20
25
32
40
4
6
8
10
12
14
M5
M5
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
RT/57110/M/*
RT/57116/M/*
RT/57120/M/*
RT/57125/M/*
RT/57132/M/*
RT/57140/M/*
*Insert stroke length in mm.
Service kits are not available for these cylinders.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
STANDARD STROKES
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
Single acting, sprung in
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
Ø
10
25
50
10
16
20
25
32
40
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available.
-5°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
MOUNTINGS
Ø
AK
C
F
L
N
N2
UF
Switch mounting
brackets #
10
16
20
25
32
40
QM/8010/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
M/P71273/2
M/P19369
M/P19389
M/P40381
M/P19406
M/P71273/3
QM/8010/25
QM/57016/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57025/25
QM/57032/25
QM/57040/25
QM/947
QM/946
QM/8012/24
QM/57025/24
QM/8020/24
QM/57040/24
M/P71364
M/P1501/90
M/P13834
M/P13607
M/P13615
M/P29254
M/P1501/80
M/P1501/79
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/90
QM/8010/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/032/22
QM/33/040/22
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
8
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en008
ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS
RT/57200/M
Double acting
Ø 8 to 63 mm
STANDARD MODELS
One fifth shorter than the basic
length of a corresponding
ISO/VDMA cylinder
Low friction, long life seals
High strength, double crimped
end cap design
Standard magnetic piston for
full control system versatility
Non-lube operation
Ø
8
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, buffer cushioning
RT/57200/M
Side port, integral eye mounting
(Ø 8 to 40 mm), fixing holes in the end
cover (Ø 50 and 63 mm)
RT/57200/MC
Central rear port (Ø 16 to 25 mm)
RT/57200/MF
Flat rear cover (Ø 8 to 32 mm)
Port size
3
4
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
M3
M5
M5
M5
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4
Model
Side port, integral
eye mounting
Central rear port
Flat end
Side port
Flat end
RT/57208/M/*
RT/57210/M/*
RT/57212/M/*
RT/57216/M/*
RT/57220/M/*
RT/57225/M/*
RT/57232/M/*
RT/57240/M/*
RT/57250/M/*
RT/57263/M/*
–
–
–
RT/57216/MC/*
RT/57220/MC/*
RT/57225/MC/*
–
–
–
–
RT/57208/MF/*
RT/57210/MF/*
RT/57212/MF/*
–
RT/57220/MF/*
RT/57225/MF/*
RT/57232/MF/*
–
–
–
* Insert stroke length in mm. Service kits are not available for these cylinders.
STANDARD STROKES
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Piston
rod Ø
Ø
10
25
40
50
80
100
8
º
º
º
º
º
º
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
125
160
200
250
320
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
MOUNTINGS
Ø
AK
C
F
H
L
N
UF
Piston rod lock nut
8
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
–
QM/8010/38
QM/8010/38
QM/8012/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
M/P71273/1
M/P71273/2
M/P71273/2
M/P19369
M/P19389
M/P40381
M/P19406
M/P71273/3
QM/57050/21
QM/57063/21
QM/57008/25
QM/8010/25
QM/8010/25
QM/57016/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57025/25
QM/57032/25
QM/57040/25
QM/57040/25
QM/57063/25
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
QM/55240/28
QM/55250/28
QM/57008/24
QM/947
QM/947
QM/946
QM/8012/24
QM/57025/24
QM/8020/24
QM/57040/24
QM/57050/24
QM/57063/24
M/P71364
M/P71364
M/P71364
M/P1501/90
M/P13834
M/P13607
M/P13615
M/P29254
–
–
–
QM/8010/32
QM/8010/32
QM/8012/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
M/P1500/111
M/P1501/80
M/P1501/80
M/P1501/79
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/90
M/P1501/90
M/P1501/91
Switch mounting
brackets #
–
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/032/22
QM/33/040/22
QM/33/050/22
QM/33/063/22
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en009
9
Actuators
ROUNDLINE CYLINDERS
RM/55401/M
Double acting
Ø 32 to 100 mm
Clean line design
Low friction, long life seals
Standard magnetic piston for
full control system versatility
Non-lube operation
STANDARD MODELS
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Magnetic
Service kit
32
40
50
63
80
100
12
16
20
20
25
25
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
RM/55433/M/*
RM/55441/M/*
RM/55451/M/*
RM/55464/M/*
RM/55481/M/*
RM/55411/M/*
QM/55433/00
QM/55441/00
QM/55451/00
QM/55464/00
QM/55481/00
QM/55411/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Operation:
STANDARD STROKES
Double acting, magnetic piston,
adjustable cushioning
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Ø
25
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
300
32
40
50
63
80
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
MOUNTINGS
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
AK
B, G
C
F
H
L
N
UF
Switch mounting
brackets #
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8080/38
QM/55232/22
QM/55240/22
QM/55250/22
QM/55263/22
QM/55480/22
QM/55410/22
QM/55232/21
QM/55240/21
QM/55250/21
QM/55263/21
–
–
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8080/25
QM/55232/28
QM/55240/28
QM/55250/28
QM/55263/28
QM/55480/28
QM/55410/28
QM/55232/24
QM/55240/24
QM/55250/24
QM/55263/24
QM/55480/24
QM/55410/24
M/P29254
M/P29255
M/P29256
M/P29256
M/P34806
M/P34806
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8080/32
QM/33/432/22
QM/33/440/22
QM/33/450/22
QM/33/463/22
QM/33/480/22
QM/33/410/22
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
10
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en010
HOLLOW PISTON ROD CYLINDERS
VSM/55600/N2
Double acting
Ø 25 and 40 mm
Ideally suited for vacuum and
selected liquid transfer applications
through the piston rod
Non-rotating and telescopic piston
rod provides accurate, repeatable
component orientation
Non-corrosive specification
Magnetic piston as standard
Buffer cushioning
Direct attachment of vacuum
pumps and suction cups
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port size
Model
25
40
12
16
G1/8
G1/4
VSM/55625/N2/*
VSM/55640/N2/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Non standard stroke up to 500 mm maximum available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
TECHNICAL DATA
With plug-in
cable
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non-lubricated
Operation:
Reed
Solid state
Double acting with buffer
cushioning
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
+80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
MOUNTINGS
Ø
B, G
C
FH
Switch mounting brackets #
< 15 mm stroke
Switch mounting brackets #
∫ 15 mm stroke
25
Ø
M/P19409
B, G
M/P19406
C
QM/8020/34
H
QM/33/025/23
L
QM/33/025/22
Switch mounting brackets #
40
QM/55240/22
QM/55240/21
QM/55240/28
QM/55240/24
QM/33/440/22
# For use with switches M/50, see pages 52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en011
11
Actuators
COMPACT CYLINDERS
RA/191000/MX,.../M; RA/193000/MX
Single acting, ISO 21287
Ø 20 to 63 mm
Conforms to ISO21287
Magnetic piston as standard
Seals ensure low friction
operation and long life
Switches can be mounted
flush with the profile
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
20
25
32
40
50
63
Port
size
Piston
rod Ø
10
10
12
16
20
20
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
Model
Female thread
Sprung in
Sprung out
Male thread
Sprung in
Sprung out
RA/191020/MX/*
RA/191025/MX/*
RA/191032/MX/*
RA/191040/MX/*
RA/191050/MX/*
RA/191063/MX/*
RA/193020/MX/*
RA/193025/MX/*
RA/193032/MX/*
RA/193040/MX/*
RA/193050/MX/*
RA/193063/MX/*
RA/191020/M/*
RA/191025/M/*
RA/191032/M/*
RA/191040/M/*
RA/191050/M/*
RA/191063/M/*
RA/193020/M/*
RA/193025/M/*
RA/193032/M/*
RA/193040/M/*
RA/193050/M/*
RA/193063/M/*
*Insert stroke length in mm.
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
STANDARD STROKES
-5°C to +80°C
Ø
5
10
25
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
20
25
32
40
50
63
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
12
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en012
MOUNTINGS
Ø
A
B, G
C
D
D2
FH
L2
20
25
32
40
50
63
Ø
–
–
QM/8032/35
QM/8032/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8050/35
R
QA/192020/22
QA/192025/22
QA/8032/22
QA/8040/22
QA/8050/22
QA/8063/22
S
QM/192020/21
QM/192025/21
QA/192032/21
QA/192040/21
QA/192050/21
QA/192063/21
SW
–
–
QA/8032/23
QA/8040/23
QA/8050/23
QA/8063/23
UH
–
–
QA/8032/42
QA/8040/42
QA/8050/42
QA/8063/42
UR
–
–
QA/8032/34
QA/8040/34
QA/8050/34
QA/8063/34
US
QM/8020/44
QM/8020/44
–
–
–
–
20
25
32
40
50
63
QM/192020/27
QM/192025/27
QA/8032/27
QA/8040/27
QA/8050/27
QA/8063/27
–
–
QA/8032/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8063/41
–
–
M/P19493
M/P19494
M/P19495
M/P19496
–
–
PQA/182032/40
PQA/182040/40
PQA/182050/40
PQA/182063/40
–
–
QA/8032/33
QA/8040/33
QA/8050/33
QA/8063/33
–
–
M/P40310
M/P40311
M/P40312
M/P40313
For cylinders with male piston rod thread
AK
20
25
32
40
50
63
QM/8020/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8040/38
F
N2
UF
QM/8020/25
QM/8020/25
QM/8025/25
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8040/25
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/90
M/P1501/90
QM/8020/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8040/32
For use with switches M/50 see page 52
13
Actuators
COMPACT CYLINDERS
RA/192000/MX, .../M
Double acting
Ø 20 to 125 mm
Conforms to ISO 21287
Magnetic piston as standard
Seals ensure low friction
operation and long life
Switches can be mounted flush
with the profile
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
RA/192000/M
Double acting, magnetic piston,
male piston rod thread, buffer
cushioning
RA/192000/MX
Double acting, magnetic piston,
female piston rod thread, buffer
cushioning
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston rod Ø
Port size
Model
Female thread
Male thread
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
10
10
12
16
20
20
25
25
32
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
RA/192020/MX/*
RA/192025/MX/*
RA/192032/MX/*
RA/192040/MX/*
RA/192050/MX/*
RA/192063/MX/*
RA/192080/MX/*
RA192100/MX/*
RA/192125/MX/*
RA/192020/M/*
RA/192025/M/*
RA/192032/M/*
RA/192040/M/*
RA/192050/M/*
RA/192063/M/*
RA/192080/M/*
RA/192100/M/*
RA/192125/M/*
*Insert stroke length in mm.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
-10°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
14
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en014
MOUNTINGS
Ø
A
B, G
C
D
D2
FH
L2
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
–
–
QM/8032/35
QM/8032/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8125/35
QA/192020/22
QA/192025/22
QA/8032/22
QA/8040/22
QA/8050/22
QA/8063/22
QA/8080/22
QA/8100/22
QM/8125/22
QM/192020/21
QM/192025/21
QA/192032/21
QA/192040/21
QA/192050/21
QA/192063/21
QA/192080/21
QA/192100/21
QM/8125/21
–
–
QA/8032/23
QA/8040/23
QA/8050/23
QA/8063/23
QA/8080/23
QA/8100/23
QM/8125/23
–
–
QA/8032/42
QA/8040/42
QA/8050/42
QA/8063/42
QA/8080/42
QA/8100/42
QA/8125/42
–
–
QA/8032/34
QA/8040/34
QA/8050/34
QA/8063/34
QA/8080/34
QA/8100/34
QA/8125/34
QM/8020/44
QM/8020/44
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ø
R
S
SW
UH
UR
US
Assembly kit
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
QM/192020/27
QM/192025/27
QA/8032/27
QA/8040/27
QA/8050/27
QA/8063/27
QA/8080/27
QA/8100/27
QM/8125/27
–
–
QA/8032/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8100/41
QA/8100/41
–
–
M/P19493
M/P19494
M/P19495
M/P19496
M/P19497
M/P19498
M/P19499
–
–
PQA/182032/40
PQA/182040/40
PQA/182050/40
PQA/182063/40
PQA/182080/40
PQA/182100/40
PQA/182125/40
–
–
QA/8032/33
QA/8040/33
QA/8050/33
QA/8063/33
QA/8080/33
QA/8100/33
QM/8125/33
–
–
M/P40310
M/P40311
M/P40312
M/P40313
M/P40314
M/P40315
M/P71355
QA/192020/55
QA/192025/55
QA/192032/55
QA/192040/55
QA/192050/55
QA/192063/55
QA/192080/55
QA/192100/55
QA/192125/55
For cylinders with male piston rod thread
Ø
AK
F
N2
UF
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
QM/8020/38
QM/8020/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8125/38
QM/8020/25
QM/8020/25
QM/8025/25
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8125/25
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/89
M/P1501/90
M/P1501/90
M/P1501/91
M/P1501/91
M/P1501/105
QM/8020/32
QM/8020/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8125/32
15
Actuators
SHORT STROKE CYLINDERS
RM/91000/M
Single acting
Ø 20 to 63 mm
One third the basic length of a
corresponding ISO/VDMA model
Low friction, long life seal design
Fully non-corrodible specification
Non-lube operation
Standard magnetic piston for full
control system versatility
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Single acting, non-cushioned,
magnetic piston sprung in
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Sprung in
Service kit
20
25
32
40
50
63
10
12
16
16
20
20
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
RM/91020/M/*
RM/91025/M/*
RM/91032/M/*
RM/91040/M/*
RM/91050/M/*
RM/91063/M/*
–
–
–
QM/92050/00
QM/92063/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Order magnetically operated switches separately, see page 52
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
10
25
20
25
32
40
50
63
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details.
MOUNTINGS
Ø
B&G
20
25
32
40
50
63
QM/90020/22
QM/90025/22
QM/90032/22
QM/90040/22
QM/90050/22
QM/90063/22
C
QM/90020/21
QM/90025/21
QM/90032/21
QM/90040/21
QM/90050/21
QM/90063/21
F
QM/92020/25
QM/57016/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57025/25
QM/57040/25
Nut
Stud/Adapter*
M/P1501/109
M/P1501/79
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/60
–
–
M/P1710/20
M/P1710/21
M/P1710/22
M/P1710/22
M/P71470/1
M/P71470/2
Switch mounting
brackets
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
*For attaching F mounting to female piston rod thread.
16
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en016
SHORT STROKE CYLINDERS
RM/92000
Double acting
Ø 12 to 100 mm
One third the basic length of a
corresponding ISO/VDMA model
Low friction, long life seal design
Fully non-corrodible specification
Non-lube operation
Standard magnetic piston for full
control system versatility
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, magnetic piston
non-cushioned
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
STANDARD MODELS
Piston
rod Ø
Ø
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
Port
size
6
8
10
12
16
16
20
20
25
25
M5
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Magnetic
Standard
Guided
Service kit
RM/92012/M/*
RM/92016/M/*
RM/92020/M/*
RM/92025/M/*
RM/92032/M/*
RM/92040/M/*
RM/92050/M/*
RM/92063/M/*
RM/92080/M/*
RM/92100/M/*
–
RM/92016/N4/*
–
RM/92025/N4/*
RM/92032/N4/*
RM/92040/N4/*
–
–
–
–
–
QM/92050/00
QM/92063/00
QM/92080/00
QM/92100/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details.
MOUNTINGS
Ø
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
B&G
C
F
Nut
Stud/Adapter*
QM/90012/22
QM/90016/22
QM/90020/22
QM/90025/22
QM/90032/22
QM/90040/22
QM/90050/22
QM/90063/22
QM/90080/22
QM/90100/22
QM/90012/21
QM/90016/21
QM/90020/21
QM/90025/21
QM/90032/21
QM/90040/21
QM/90050/21
QM/90063/21
QM/90080/21
QM/90100/21
QM/57008/25
QM/8010/25
QM/92020/25
QM/57016/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57020/25
QM/57025/25
QM/57040/25
QM/57063/25
QM/57063/25
M/P1500/111
M/P1501/80
M/P1501/109
M/P1501/79
M/P1501/60
M/P1501/60
–
–
–
–
M/P1710/18
M/P1710/19
M/P1710/20
M/P1710/21
M/P1710/22
M/P1710/22
M/P71470/1
M/P71470/2
M/P71470/3
M/P71470/3
Switch mounting
brackets
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
* For attaching F mounting to female piston rod thread.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en017
17
Actuators
CLAMPING CYLINDERS
M/50100, M/50200
Single and double acting
Ø 8 to 63 mm
Enable high thrusts to be
achieved in restricted space
Neat, clean appearance
One-piece body construction
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered and
lubricated
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
Piston rod Ø
Model
Single acting
Piston rod Ø
Model
Double acting
8
12
20
32
50
63
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
4
6
10
16
20
20
M/50108/*
M/50112/*
M/50120/*
M/50132/*
M/50150/*
M/50163/*
4
5
10
12
16
16
M/50208/*
M/50212/*
M/50220/*
M/50232/*
M/50250/*
M/50263/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar (single acting)
1,5 to 10 bar (double acting)
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +70°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
4
8
12
20
32
50
63
º
º
º
5
10
25
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other stroke lengths are not available..
18
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en018
ISO/VDMA PROFILE CYLINDERS
PRA/181000/M
Single acting
Ø 32 to 100 mm
STANDARD MODELS
Conforms to ISO 6431, VDMA
24562 and NFE 49-003-1
Profile barrel with concealed
tie rods
Polyurethane seals ensure
efficient low friction operation
and long life
Switches can be mounted flush
with the profile barrel
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Magnetic Sprung in
Service kit
32
40
50
63
80
100
12
16
20
20
25
25
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
PRA/181032/M/*
PRA/181040/M/*
PRA/181050/M/*
PRA/181063/M/*
PRA/181080/M/*
PRA/181100/M/*
QA/8032/00
QA/8040/00
QA/8050/00
QA/8063/00
QA/8080/00
QA/8100/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD STROKES
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
magnetic piston, adjustable
cushioning
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
Ø
25
50
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
SWITCHES
Operating temperature:
With integral
cable
-20°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
MOUNTINGS
Ø
A
AK
B, G
C
D
D2
F
FH
32
40
50
63
80
100
QM/8032/35
QM/8032/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8080/38
QA/8032/22
QA/8040/22
QA/8050/22
QA/8063/22
QA/8080/22
QA/8100/22
QA/8032/21
QA/8040/21
QA/8050/21
QA/8063/21
QA/8080/21
QA/8100/21
QA/8032/23
QA/8040/23
QA/8050/23
QA/8063/23
QA/8080/23
QA/8100/23
QA/8032/42
QA/8040/42
QA/8050/42
QA/8063/42
QA/8080/42
QA/8100/42
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8080/25
QA/8032/34
QA/8040/34
QA/8050/34
QA/8063/34
QA/8080/34
QA/8100/34
Ø
R
S
SS
SW
UF
UH
UR
US
32
40
50
63
80
100
QA/8032/27
QA/8040/27
QA/8050/27
QA/8063/27
QA/8080/27
QA/8100/27
QA/8032/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8100/41
M/P19931
M/P19932
M/P19933
M/P19934
M/P19935
M/P19936
M/P19493
M/P19494
M/P19495
M/P19496
M/P19497
M/P19498
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8080/32
PQA/182032/40
PQA/182040/40
PQA/182050/40
PQA/182063/40
PQA/182080/40
PQA/182100/40
QA/8032/33
QA/8040/33
QA/8050/33
QA/8063/33
QA/8080/33
QA/8100/33
M/P40310
M/P40311
M/P40312
M/P40313
M/P40314
M/P40315
For switches M/50 see page 52.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en019
19
Actuators
ISO/VDMA PROFILE CYLINDERS
PRA/182000, PRA/182000/M
Double acting
Ø 32 to 125 mm
Conforms to ISO 6431,
VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1
Profile barrel with concealed tie
rods
High performance, stability and
reliability
Polyurethane seals ensure efficient
low friction operation and long life
Switches can be mounted flush
with the profile barrel
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model (Magnetic)
Standard
Non-rotating
Model (Non-magnetic)
Standard
Service kit
Standard
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
12
16
20
20
25
25
32
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
PRA/182032/M/*
PRA/182040/M/*
PRA/182050/M/*
PRA/182063/M/*
PRA/182080/M/*
PRA/182100/M/*
PRA/182125/M/*
PRA/182032/*
PRA/182040/*
PRA/182050/*
PRA/182063/*
PRA/182080/*
PRA/182100/*
PRA/182125/*
QA/8032/00
QA/8040/00
QA/8050/00
QA/8063/00
QA/8080/00
QA/8100/00
QA/8125/00
PRA/182032/N2/*
PRA/182040/N2/*
PRA/182050/N2/*
PRA/182063/N2/*
–
–
–
*Insert stroke length in mm
For combinations of cylinder variants consult our Technical Service.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
PRA/182000: Adjustable cushioning
PRA/182000/M: Magnetic piston,
adjustable cushioning
Operating pressure:
1 to 16 bar
Operating temperature:
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
25
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
-20°C to +80°C max.
.Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
20
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en020
MOUNTINGS
Ø
A
AK
B, G
C
D
D2
F
FH
QM/8032/35
QM/8032/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8125/35
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8125/38
QA/8032/22
QA/8040/22
QA/8050/22
QA/8063/22
QA/8080/22
QA/8100/22
QM/8125/22
QA/8032/21
QA/8040/21
QA/8050/21
QA/8063/21
QA/8080/21
QA/8100/21
QM/8125/21
QA/8032/23
QA/8040/23
QA/8050/23
QA/8063/23
QA/8080/23
QA/8100/23
QM/8125/23
QA/8032/42
QA/8040/42
QA/8050/42
QA/8063/42
QA/8080/42
QA/8100/42
QA/8125/42
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8125/25
QA/8032/34
QA/8040/34
QA/8050/34
QA/8063/34
QA/8080/34
QA/8100/34
QA/8125/34
Ø
R
S
SS
SW
UF
UH
UR
US
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
QA/8032/27
QA/8040/27
QA/8050/27
QA/8063/27
QA/8080/27
QA/8100/27
QM/8125/27
QA/8032/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8100/41
QA/8100/41
M/P19931
M/P19932
M/P19933
M/P19934
M/P19935
M/P19936
M/P19937
M/P19493
M/P19494
M/P19495
M/P19496
M/P19497
M/P19498
M/P19499
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8125/32
PQA/182032/40
PQA/182040/40
PQA/182050/40
PQA/182063/40
PQA/182080/40
PQA/182100/40
PQA/182125/40
QA/8032/33
QA/8040/33
QA/8050/33
QA/8063/33
QA/8080/33
QA/8100/33
QM/8125/33
M/P40310
M/P40311
M/P40312
M/P40313
M/P40314
M/P40315
M/P71355
Ø
Guide block
Guide block
32
40
50
63
80
100
QA/8032/51/*
QA/8040/51/*
QA/8050/51/*
QA/8063/51/*
QA/8080/51/*
QA/8100/51/*
QA/8032/61/*
QA/8040/61/*
QA/8050/61/*
QA/8063/61/*
QA/8080/61/*
QA/8100/61/*
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
* Insert stroke length in mm from table below. For M/50 switches see page 52
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
50
º
º
º
º
º
º
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
160
º
º
º
º
º
º
200
º
º
º
º
º
º
250
º
º
º
º
º
º
320
º
º
º
º
º
º
400
º
º
º
º
º
º
500
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other stroke lengths are not available, use nearest standard stroke.
Maximum stroke 500 mm.
21
Actuators
CYLINDERS WITH PISTON ROD LOCKING UNITS
(ISO/VDMA/NFE)
PRA/182000/L2, PRA/182000/L4
Double acting
Ø 32 to 125 mm
Passive
Magnetic and non-magnetic
piston conforms to ISO 6431,
VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1
Secure locking of piston rod in
any position
Passive locking models
Compact, maintenance-free
design
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
Model
Profile cylinder
Magnetic
Non-magnetic
PRA/182032/L4/*
PRA/182040/L4/*
PRA/182050/L4/*
PRA/182063/L4/*
PRA/182080/L4/*
PRA/182100/L4/*
PRA/182125/L4/*
PRA/182032/L2/*
PRA/182040/L2/*
PRA/182050/L2/*
PRA/182063/L2/*
PRA/182080/L2/*
PRA/182100/L2/*
PRA/182125/L2/*
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
Model
Locking unit
(passive)
Spare cartridge only
(passive)
QA/8032/59
QA/8040/59
QA/8050/59
QA/8063/59
QA/8080/59
QA/8100/59
QA/8125/59
QA/8032/63
QA/8040/63
QA/8050/63
QA/8063/63
QA/8100/63
QA/8100/63
–
Locking unit includes cartridge
For all applications please consult our Technical Service.
* Insert stroke length in mm.
For details of mountings see page 21
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Passive model – pressure
applied to release
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Operating pressure:
With plug-in
cable
4,5 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
0°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
22
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en022
SMOOTH LINE CYLINDER
PVA/182000, PVA/182000/MI
Double acting
Ø 32 to 100 mm
Smooth and spherical profile design
with concealed tie rods
Special polyurethane wiper seal
Body sealing conforms to EN 1672-2
Corrosion resistant design, accepted
in the food industry
Electrical connection with M12connector
Adjustable end position sensing
integrated
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, with or without
integrated switches, adjustable
cushioning
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en023
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Non-magnetic
Magnetic
32
40
50
63
80
100
10
12
12
16
16
20
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
PVA/182032/*
PVA/182040/*
PVA/182050/*
PVA/182063/*
PVA/182080/*
PVA/182100/*
PVA/182032/MI#/*
PVA/182040/MI#/*
PVA/182050/MI#/*
PVA/182063/MI#/*
PVA/182080/MI#/*
PVA/182100/MI#/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
# Insert switch position as follows:
1 = Fixed end position, reed, M/50/LSU
2 = Fixed end position, solid state, M/50/EAP
3 = Adustable end position, reed, M/50/LSU
4 = Adjustable end position, solid state, M/50/EAP
MOUNTINGS (Corrosion protected)
Ø
B, G
C
32
40
50
63
80
100
PVQA/8032/22
PVQA/8040/22
PVQA/8050/22
PVQA/8063/22
PVQA/8080/22
PVQA/8100/22
KQA/8032/21
KQA/8040/21
KQA/8050/21
KQA/8063/21
KQA/8080/21
KQA/8100/21
Ø
SS
SW
32
40
50
63
80
100
M/P40465
M/P40466
M/P40467
M/P40468
M/P40469
M/P40470
M/P40459
M/P40460
M/P40461
M/P40462
M/P40463
M/P40464
D
PVQA/8032/23
PVQA/8040/23
PVQA/8050/23
PVQA/8063/23
PVQA/8080/23
PVQA/8100/23
UF
PVQM/8032/32
PVQM/8040/32
PVQM/8050/32
PVQM/8050/32
PVQM/8080/32
PVQM/8080/32
F
R
PVQM/8032/25
PVQM/8040/25
PVQM/8050/25
PVQM/8063/25
PVQM/8080/25
PVQM/8080/25
PVQA/8032/27
PVQA/8040/27
PVQA/8050/27
PVQA/8063/27
PVQA/8080/27
PVQA/8100/27
UR
PVQA/8032/33
PVQA/8040/33
PVQA/8050/33
PVQA/8063/33
PVQA/8080/33
PVQA/8100/33
23
Actuators
ISO/VDMA CYLINDERS
RA/8000, RA/8000/M
Double acting
Ø 32 to 320 mm
Conforms to ISO 6431,
VDMA 24562 and NFE 49-003-1
High performance, ruggedness
and reliability
Extensive range of mountings
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
RA/8000 double acting, adjustable
cushioning
RA/8000/M double acting, magnetic
piston, adjustable cushioning
Operating pressure:
1 to 16 bar (1 to 10 bar for Ø 250
and 320 mm)
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Non-magnetic
Magnetic
12
16
20
20
25
25
32
40
40
50
63
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1
RA/8032/*
RA/8040/*
RA/8050/*
RA/8063/*
RA/8080/*
RA/8100/*
RA/8125/*
RA/8160/*
RA/8200/*
RA/8250/*
RA/8320/*
RA/8032/M/*
RA/8040/M/*
RA/8050/M/*
RA/8063/M/*
RA/8080/M/*
RA/8100/M/*
RA/8125/M/*
RA/8160/M/*
RA/8200/M/*
RA/8250/M/*
RA/8320/M/*
Service kit
QA/8032/00
QA/8040/00
QA/8050/00
QA/8063/00
QA/8080/00
QA/8100/00
QA/8125/00
QA/8160/00
QA/8200/00
QA/8250/00
QA/8320/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
25
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
For alternative switches QM/32 and QM/132 see page 53
24
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en024
MOUNTINGS
Ø
A
AK
B, G
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
QM/8032/35
QM/8032/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8050/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8080/35
QM/8125/35
QM/8160/35
QM/8160/35
QM/8250/35
QM/8320/35
QM/8025/38
QM/8040/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8050/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8080/38
QM/8125/38
QM/8160/38
QM/8160/38
–
–
QA/8032/22
QA/8040/22
QA/8050/22
QA/8063/22
QA/8080/22
QA/8100/22
QM/8125/22
QM/8160/22
QM/8200/22
QM/8250/22
QM/8320/22
Ø
R
32
40
50
63
80
100
12
160
200
250
320
QA/8032/27
QA/8040/27
QA/8050/27
QA/8063/27
QA/8080/27
QA/8100/27
QM/8125/27
QM/8160/27
QM/8200/27
–
–
Ø
Guide block
Guide block
Switch mounting
brackets #
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
QA/8032/51/*
QA/8040/51/*
QA/8050/51/*
QA/8063/51/*
QA/8080/51/*
QA/8100/51/*
–
–
–
–
–
QA/8032/61/*
QA/8040/61/*
QA/8050/61/*
QA/8063/61/*
QA/8080/61/*
QA/8100/61/*
–
–
–
–
–
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
–
–
–
–
S
SS
QA/8032/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8040/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8063/41
QA/8100/41
QA/8100/41
QM/8160/41
QM/8160/41
–
–
M/P19931
M/P19932
M/P19933
M/P19934
M/P19935
M/P19936
M/P19937
M/P19938
M/P19939
–
–
C
QA/8032/21
QA/8040/21
QA/8050/21
QA/8063/21
QA/8080/21
QA/8100/21
QM/8125/21
QM/8160/21
QM/8200/21
QM/8250/21
QM/8320/21
SW
M/P19493
M/P19494
M/P19495
M/P19496
M/P19497
M/P19498
M/P19499
M/P19679
M/P19683
M/P19446
M/P19447
D
QA/8032/23
QA/8040/23
QA/8050/23
QA/8063/23
QA/8080/23
QA/8100/23
QM/8125/23
QM/8160/23
QM/8200/23
QM/8250/23
QM/8320/23
UF
QM/8025/32
QM/8040/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8050/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8080/32
QM/8125/32
QM/8160/32
QM/8160/32
QM/8250/32
QM/8320/32
D2
QA/8032/42
QA/8040/42
QA/8050/42
QA/8063/42
QA/8080/42
QA/8100/42
QA/8125/42
QA/8160/42
QA/8200/42
–
–
UH
QA/8032/40
QA/8040/40
QA/8050/40
QA/8063/40
QA/8080/40
QA/8100/40
QA/8125/40
QA/8160/40
QA/8200/40
–
–
F
QM/8025/25
QM/8040/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8050/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8080/25
QM/8125/25
QM/8160/25
QM/8160/25
QM/8250/25
QM/8320/25
UR
QA/8032/33
QA/8040/33
QA/8050/33
QA/8063/33
QA/8080/33
QA/8100/33
QM/8125/33
QM/8160/33
QM/8200/33
–
–
FH
QA/8032/34
QA/8040/34
QA/8050/34
QA/8063/34
QA/8080/34
QA/8100/34
QA/8125/34
–
–
–
–
US
M/P40310
M/P40311
M/P40312
M/P40313
M/P40314
M/P40315
M/P71355
M/P71356
M/P71357
––
––
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
* Insert stroke length in mm from table below.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
50
º
º
º
º
º
º
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
160
º
º
º
º
º
º
200
º
º
º
º
º
º
250
º
º
º
º
º
º
320
º
º
º
º
º
º
400
º
º
º
º
º
º
500
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other stroke lengths are not available, use nearest standard stroke.
Maximum stroke 500 mm.
25
Actuators
LINTRA® - COMPACT RODLESS CYLINDERS
M/44000/M
Double acting
Ø 25 to 40 mm
New compact, space-saving
design
Proven sealing system
Integral switch mounting
Adjustable cushioning
Magnetic piston as standard
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Model
25
32
40
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
M/44025/M/*
M/44032/M/*
M/44040/M/*
* Insert stroke length in mm. Maximum 5000 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Operation:
With plug-in
cable
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Operating pressure:
1 to 8 bar
Operating temperature:
-30°C to +80°C max.
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
MOUNTINGS
Ø
25
32
40
26
C
QM/44025/21
QM/44032/21
QM/44040/21
V
Q44025AAAAAM332
Q44032AAAAAM332
Q44040AAAAAM332
Switch mounting brackets
S
Q44025AAAAAM337
Q44032AAAAAM337
Q44040AAAAAM337
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en026
LINTRA-LITE® RODLESS CYLINDERS
A44000
Double acting
Ø 25 to 40 mm
New compact, space-saving
design
Proven sealing system
Integral switch mounting
Buffer or adjustable
cushioning
Standard foot mountings
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
25
32
40
Model
Non-magnetic
Buffer cushion
Adjustable cushion
Magnetic
Buffer cushion
Adjustable cushion
A44025AAAAA*
A44032AAAAA*
A44040AAAAA*
A44025AACAA*
A44032AACAA*
A44040AACAA*
A44025AABAA*
A44032AABAA*
A44040AABAA*
A44025AADAA*
A44032AADAA*
A44040AADAA*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Order magnetically operated switches separately, see page 52
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Double acting, buffer or
adjustable cushioning, magnetic
or non-magnetic piston
With plug-in
cable
Operating pressure:
1 to 8 bar
Operating temperature:
-30°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
To mount switches use bracket M/P72487, see table below for details.
Strokes:
Made to order
maximum 5500 mm
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en027
MOUNTINGS
Ø
S
V
Switch mounting brackets
25
32
40
Q44025AAAAAM337
Q44032AAAAAM337
Q44040AAAAAM337
Q44025AAAAAM332
Q44032AAAAAM332
Q44040AAAAAM332
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
27
Actuators
LINTRA® RODLESS CYLINDERS
M/46000, .../M, M/46100, .../M, M/46200, .../M
Internal, external and precision roller guided
Double acting
Ø 16 to 80 mm
Well proven, long life sealing
technology
Lightweight design extrusion with
integral switch mounting slots
Capable of withstanding large
bending moments and lateral
forces
Non-lube operation
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
Port
size
Internal guide
Non-magnetic
Precision roller guide
Non-magnetic
Magnetic
External guide
Non-magnetic Magnetic
Service kit
Magnetic
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
M/46016/*
M/46020/*
M/46025/*
M/46032/*
M/46040/*
M/46050/*
M/46063/*
M/46080/*
M/46016/M/*
M/46020/M/*
M/46025/M/*
M/46032/M/*
M/46040/M/*
M/46050/M/*
M/46063/M/*
M/46080/M/*
–
–
–
M/46232/*
M/46240/*
–
–
–
M/46116/*
M/46120/*
M/46125/*
M/46132/*
M/46140/*
M/46150/*
M/46163/*
M/46180/*
QM/46116/00
QM/46120/00
QM/46125/00
QM/46132/00
QM/46140/00
QM/46150/00
QM/46163/00
QM/46180/00
Medium:
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Compressed air, filtered and
lubricated or non-lubricated
Order seal and cover strip separately.
Operation:
M/46000, M/46100, M/46200
Double acting, adjustable
cushioning, non-magnetic piston
M/46000/M, M/46100/M, M/46200/M
Double acting, adjustable
cushioning, magnetic piston
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
(1,5 to 10 bar for Ø 16 mm)
–
–
M/46225/M/*
M/46232/M/*
M/46240/M/*
M/46250/M/*
M/46263/M/*
–
M/46116/M/*
M/46120/M/*
M/46125/M/*
M/46132/M/*
M/46140/M/*
M/46150/M/*
M/46163/M/*
M/46180/M/*
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
Operating temperature:
-30°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Strokes:
Made to order
Ø 16 to 40 mm: 8500 mm max
Ø 50 and 63 mm: 7000 mm max
Ø 80: 5500 mm max
MOUNTINGS
Ø
C
S*
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
QM/46016/21
QM/46020/21
QM/46025/21
QM/46032/21
QM/46040/21
QM/46050/21
QM/46063/21
QM/46080/21
QM/46016/37
QM/46020/37
QM/46025/37
QM/46032/37
QM/46032/37
QM/46050/37
QM/46050/37
QM/46080/37
UV*
QM/46016/34
QM/46020/34
QM/46025/34
QM/46032/34
QM/46040/34
QM/46050/34
QM/46063/34
QM/46080/34
V
QM/46016/32
QM/46020/32
QM/46025/32
QM/46032/32
QM/46040/32
QM/46050/32
QM/46063/32
QM/46080/32
W**
UW **
QM/46116/35
QM/46120/35
QM/46125/35
QM/46132/35
QM/46140/35
QM/46150/35
QM/46163/35
QM/46180/35
–
QM/46120/36
QM/46125/36
QM/46132/36
QM/46140/36
QM/46150/36
QM/46163/36
–
* Suitable for internally guided models only, ** Suitable for external guided models only..
28
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en028
COMPACT PRECISION LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
M/261000/M
Double acting
Ø 6 to 16 mm
Ideal for applications demanding precise
movement within a confined space
Light weight
Magnetic switching for positional
feedback
Excellent service life
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Model (Magnetic)
Stroke adjustment (rubber stops)
6
8
10
12
16
M3
M5
M5
M5
M5
M/261006/IR5/IP/*
M/261008/MR6/IP/*
M/261010/MR6/IP/*
M/261012/MR6/IP/*
M/261016/MR6/IP/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Ø 6 mm - non-magnetic only.
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated
Operation:
Double acting precision slide table with
linear guide
Operating pressure:
1,5 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
+5°C to +60°C
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
5
10
6
8
10
12
16
º
º
º
º
15
20
25
30
º
º
º
º
º
º
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Speed:
120 cycles/min. maximum
45 cycles/min. maximum for Ø 8, 10 and 12
mm models with shock absorbers
60 cycles/min. maximum for Ø 16 mm
models with shock absorbers
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Reed
In-line cable
Reed
90° cable
Solid state
In-line cable
Solid state
90° cable
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
ACCESSORIES
Ø (mm)
Switch rail
Magnet (with fixing screws)
6
8
10
12
16
–
M/P73428/1/*
M/P73428/2/*
M/P73428/3/*
M/P73428/4/*
–
M/P73431/5
M/P73431/4
M/P73431/4
M/P73431/4
* Insert stroke length (10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm)
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en029
29
Actuators
PRECISION LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
M/261100/M
Double acting
Ø 10 and 12 mm
Ideal for applications demanding
precise movement
Light weight
Magnetic switching for positional
feedback
Excellent service life
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
Model (Magnetic)
Stroke adjustment (rubber stops)
10
12
M5
M5
M/261110/MR6/IP/*
M/261112/MR6/IP/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD STROKES
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated
Operation:
Ø
15
10
12
º
20
30
45
60
º
º
º
º
º
º
Double acting precision slide table with
external guide
Operating pressure:
1,5 to 7 bar (2 to 7 bar for models with
shock absorbers)
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Operating temperature:
Reed
In-line cable
Reed
90° cable
Solid state
In-line cable
Solid state
90° cable
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Speed:
400 mm/s maximum
ACCESSORIES
Ø
10
12
Push side stroke adjustment
assembly (rubber stop)
Standard
Symmetric
QM/261110/I8/*
QM/261112/I8/*
QM/261110/S8/*
QM/261112/S8/*
Switch rail
Standard
M/P73430/2/*
M/P73430/3/*
Symmetric
M/P73429/2/*
M/P73429/3/*
Push and pull side stroke
adjustment assembly
(shock absorber)
QM/261110/4/*
QM/261112/4/*
Shock absorber
M/P73454/1
M/P73454/1
Magnet
M/P73431/3
M/P73431/3
* Insert standard stroke length (Ø 10 mm: 15, 30 and 45 mm; Ø 12 mm: 20, 30, 45 and 60 mm)
30
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en030
LOW PROFILE LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
M/261200/M
Double acting
Ø 8 to 20 mm
Slim but robust construction make these
units ideal for moving relatively heavy
loads within a confined space
Light weight
Magnetic switching for positional
feedback
Excellent service life
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
Model (Magnetic)
Stroke adjustment (rubber stops)
8
10
15
20
M5
M5
M5
M5
M/261208/MR/I/**
M/261210/MR/I/**
M/261215/MR/I/**
M/261220/MR/I/**
* Insert stroke length in mm.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting with linear guide
Operating pressure:
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
30
45
60
80
100
8
10
15
20
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
2 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Speed:
300 mm/s maximum
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en031
Reed
In-line cable
Reed
90° cable
Solid state
In-line cable
Solid state
90° cable
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
31
Actuators
COMPACT LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
M/261300/M
Double acting
Ø 10 & 16 mm
Short, smooth, low friction movement
within a set envelope make these units
ideal for many applications such as
clamping and positioning
Light weight
Magnetic switching for positional
feedback
Excellent service life
STANDARD MODELS
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
Port
size
Model (Magnetic)
Stroke adjustment (rubber stops)
Service
kit
10
16
M5
M5
M/261310/MR6/IP/*
M/261316/MR6/IP/*
QM/261310/00
QM/261316/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
Medium:
Ø
10
20
30
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated
10
16
º
º
º
º
º
º
Operation:
Double acting compact slide table with
external guide
Operating pressure:
1 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Reed
In-line cable
Reed
90° cable
Solid state
In-line cable
Solid state
90° cable
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Speed:
400 mm/s maximum (10 or 20 mm stroke)
350 mm/s maximum (30 mm stroke)
ACCESSORIES
Ø (mm)
10
16
32
Shock absorber
M/P73454/1
M/P73454/2
Magnet
M/P73431/1
M/P73431/1
Switch rail
10 mm stroke
20 mm stroke
30 mm stroke
M/P73427/3
M/P73427/6
M/P73427/4
M/P73427/7
M/P73427/5
M/P73427/8
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en032
SYNCHRONOUS LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
M/261400/M
Double acting
Ø 6 mm
Precise synchronous slide table
movement makes these units ideal for
use as escapements or grippers
Compact envelope dimensions
High cycle rate – 120 cycles/minute
Light weight
Magnetic switching for positional
feedback
Excellent service life
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Model (Magnetic)
Service kit
6
M3
M/261406/MR1/I/*
QM/261406/00
* Insert stroke length in mm.
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
5
10
6
º
º
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or nonlubricated
Operation:
Double acting with synchronous slide table
movement
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Reed
In-line cable
Reed
90° cable
Solid state
In-line cable
Solid state
90° cable
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
Operating pressure:
3 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Speed:
120 cycles/minute maximum
ACCESSORIES
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en033
Stroke
Mounting bracket with
fixing bolts
Magnet
(with fixing screws)
Switch rail
5
10
QM/261406/5/22
QM/261406/10/22
M/P73431/2
M/P73431/2
M/P73427/1
M/P73427/2
33
Actuators
SLIDE UNITS
M/60100/M
Double acting
Ø 10 to 40 mm
High quality sliding bearings
ensure long durable life and
high guidance performance
Double piston rod provides
high bending and torsional
rigidity
Magnetic piston as standard –
reduces costs and provides
easy installation
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting with magnetic
piston and buffer cushioning
Operating pressure:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Model
Service kit
10
16
25
32
40
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
M/60111/M/*
M/60116/M/*
M/60125/M/*
M/60132/M/*
M/60140/M/*
QM/60111/M/00
QM/60116/M/00
QM/60125/M/00
QM/60132/M/00
QM/60140/M/00
* Insert stroke length in mm
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
25
50
75
10
16
25
32
40
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
100
125
150
175
200
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other stroke lengths are not available
1 to 8 bar
Operating temperature:
0°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
To mount switches use bracket M/P72487
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
34
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en034
GUIDING AND STOPPER CYLINDER
M/61000, M/61000/MR
Double acting
Ø 32 to 100 mm
Guiding accuracy ± 0,02 mm
Non-rotation accuracy ± 0,02°
Integrated strong guide rods
Variant with 4 ball bearings for
precision linear guiding
Variant with 4 plain bearings to
absorb high side loads
Easy installation
Magnetic piston as standard
Buffer pad for noise reduction
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80 °C
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
32
40
50
63
80
20
20
25
25
30
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Model
Plain bearings
M/61032/M/*
M/61040/M/*
M/61050/M/*
M/61063/M/*
M/61080/M/*
Ø
32
40
50
63
80
100
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
16
16
20
25
25
30
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Model
Ball bearings
M/61032/MR/*
M/61040/MR/*
M/61050/MR/*
M/61063/MR/*
M/61080/MR/*
M/610100/MR/*
* Insert stroke length in mm
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
25
50
75
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en035
35
Actuators
SLIDE TABLES
M/61200/M, M/61200/MR
Double acting
Ø 16 to 32 mm
M/61200/M: Slide table with
adjustable guide
M/61200/MR: Slide table with
precision linear ball bearing
Stroke adjustable at each
endposition
High repeatability
Compact design
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
16
20
25
32
M5
M5
M5
G1/8
Model
Adjustable guide
M/61216/M/*
M/61220/M/*
M/61225/M/*
M/61232/M/*
Precision linear ball bearings
M/61216/MR/*
M/61220/MR/*
M/61225/MR/*
M/61232/MR/*
* Insert stroke length in mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
M/61200/M
Double acting with adjustable guide
M/61200/MR
Double acting with precision linear
ball bearing
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
STANDARD STROKES
Ø
25
50
75
100
16
20
25
32
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Other strokes available
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Operating temperature:
With plug-in
cable
0°C to +80 °C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
36
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en036
ANGULAR GRIPPERS
M/160300/M/11, M/160300/M/12
Single acting, double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 8 to 25 mm
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model
Opening
Closing
Single acting
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model
Opening
Closing
Double acting
8
10
16
20
25
M3 x 0,5
M3 x 0,5
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
0,6
1,0
2,8
6
10
2,6
3,8
17,0
32,0
62,0
1,0
1,4
10
18
38
M/160305/M/11
M/160306/M/11
M/160307/M/11
M/160308/M/11
M/160309/M/11
1,6
2,5
12,8
24,0
48,0
M/160305/M/12
M/160306/M/12
M/160307/M/12
M/160308/M/12
M/160309/M/12
* Grip point L = 30 mm
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Single acting, angular, magnetic
piston (M/160300/M/11)
Double acting angular, magnetic
piston (M160300/M/12)
With integral cable
90° cable
Operating pressure:
2 to 7 bar
(Ø 8 mm 3,6 to 7 bar
Ø 10 mm 3 to 7 bar)
Operating temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on three faces
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
Model
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en037
37
Actuators
180° ANGULAR GRIPPERS
M/160330/M/12
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 16 to 20 mm
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
16
20
Port size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar *
Closing
Opening
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
64
134
55
113
Model
M/160335/M/12
M/160336/M/12
* Example - calculating the effective closing gripping force (N) at 5 bar for the M/160335/M/12
Establish the approximate grip point in cm (not mm), example 4 cm
Calculation
= 55 / L
= 55 / 4
Effective closing gripping force = 13,75N.
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, angular, magnetic
piston
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
With integral cable
90° cable
Model
Operating pressure:
1 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on three surfaces
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
38
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en038
PARALLEL GRIPPERS
M/160340/M/11, M/160340/M/12
Single acting, double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 10 to 25 mm
Ideal for general purpose gripping
applications
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model
Closing
Single acting
Opening
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar* Model
Double acting
Opening
Closing
10
16
20
25
M3 x 0,5
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
2
3,9
6,9
13,7
14,6
34,0
60,9
87
4,9
21
36,4
54
M/160343/M/11
M/160344/M/11
M/160345/M/11
M/160346/M/11
9,4
25,5
45,7
67
M/160343/M/12
M/160344/M/12
M/160345/M/12
M/160346/M/12
* Grip point L = 30 mm
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
With integral cable
90° cable
Model
Operation:
Single acting, parallel, magnetic piston
(M/160340/M/11)
Double acting, parallel, magnetic piston
(M/160340/M/12)
Operating pressure:
2,5 to 7 bar
(Ø 10 mm 3,5 to 7 bar)
M/160340/M/12:
1 to 7 bar
(Ø 10 mm 1,8 to 7 bar
Ø 16 mm 1,2 to 7 bar)
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
Operating temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on three faces
Gripping repeatability:
+/- 0,01 mm
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en039
39
Actuators
PARALLEL GRIPPERS - PRECISION
M/160350/M/11, M/160350/M/12
Single acting, double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 8 to 50 mm
Ideal for applications
demanding accuracy and
precise repeatability
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service
life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for
positional feedback
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port
size
Effective gripping force Minimum
(N) at 5 bar*
operating
pressure (bar)
Closing
Opening
Model
Single acting
Effective gripping force Minimum
Model
(N) at 5 bar*
operating
Double acting
pressure (bar)
Opening Closing
8
10
16
20
32
50
M3 x 0,5
M3 x 0,5
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
Rc1/8
2,7
2,4
5,4
7,3
–
–
M/160354/M/11
M/160355/M/11
M/160356/M/11
M/160357/M/11
–
–
9,9
15
39
60
176
414
4,1
6,8
20,0
34,0
–
–
4,0
3,5
2,5
2,5
–
–
5,8
9,4
26
45
157
347
2,2
2,0
1,2
1,0
1,0
1,0
M/160354/M/12
M/160355/M/12
M/160356/M/12
M/160357/M/12
M/160358/M/12
M/160359/M/12
* Grip point L = 30 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
With integral cable
90° cable
Operation:
Single acting, parallel, magnetic
piston (M/160350/M/11)
Double acting, parallel,
magnetic piston
(M/160350/M/12)
Operating pressure:
7 bar maximum
Operating temperature:
+0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Mounting:
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
Model
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
Mounting holes on three faces
Gripping repeatability:
+/- 0,01 mm
Accuracy to centre:
+/- 0,07 mm
40
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en040
PARALLEL GRIPPERS - LOW PROFILE
M/160360/M/12
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 8 to 12 mm
Ideal for applications where
operating space is restricted
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar*
Opening
Closing
Model
8
12
M3 x 0,5
M5 x 0,8
16,7
44
M/160364/M/12
M/160365/M/12
16,7
44
* Grip point L = 30 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
With integral cable
90° cable
Operating pressure:
M/160364/M/12: 2 to 7 bar
M/160365/M/12: 1,5 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
Type
Cable length
Model
0°C to +60°C
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on three faces
Gripping repeatability:
+/- 0,07 mm
Accuracy to centre:
Model
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
+/- 0,1 mm
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en041
41
Actuators
PARALLEL GRIPPERS - THREE JAW
M/160380/M/12
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 16 to 20 mm
Ideal for gripping spheres or
components with circular faces
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
TECHNICAL DATA
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar*
Opening
Closing
Model
16
20
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
27
36
M/160385/M/12
M/160386/M/12
20
27
* Grip point L = 30 mm
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
With integral cable
Medium:
90° cable
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, three jaw parallel,
magnetic piston
Operating pressure:
2 to 7 bar
1,5 to 7 bar M/160386/M/12
Operating temperature:
+0°C to +60°
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
Model
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
Mounting holes on base
Gripping repeatability:
+/- 0,01 mm
42
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en042
PARALLEL GRIPPERS - LONG STROKE
M/160390/M/12
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 12 to 25 mm
Ideal for handling wide components
Smooth, accurate movement
Long, uninterrupted service life
Low weight
Compact size
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Port size
Effective gripping force (N) at 5 bar*
Opening
Closing
Model
12
16
20
25
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
M5 x 0,8
27
55
85
135
M/160394/M/12
M/160395/M/12
M/160396/M/12
M/160397/M/12
27
55
85
135
* Grip point L = 30 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
With integral cable
Operating pressure:
90° cable
2 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on two faces
Type
Cable length
Model
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3PV
Model
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/3APV
For details see page 54.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en043
43
Actuators
MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS
M/60210/M
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 12 & 20 mm
Smooth operation with zero
backlash
Lightweight
Compact envelope dimensions
Integral magnets for
positional feedback
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Effective torque (Nm) at 6 bar
Angle of rotation
Model
12
12
20
20
0,23
0,23
1,0
1,0
90°
180°
90°
180°
M/60215/M/90
M/60215/M/180
M/60216/M/90
M/60216/M/180
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
1 to 7 bar
With integral cable
90° cable
Model
Operating temperature:
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes in body
Type
Cable length
Model
Reed
Reed
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1,5 m
5m
1,5 m
5m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/346/LAU/1PV
M/346/LAU/5PV
M/346/EAU/1APV
M/346/EAU/5APV
M/345/EAU/1PV
M/345/EAU/3PV
M/345/EAN/1PV
M/345/EAN/3PV
For details see page 54.
44
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en044
COMPACT ROTARY ACTUATORS
M/60270/M
Double acting
Magnetic piston
Ø 14 to 22 mm
High torque levels from a
compact product
Minimal radial or thrust shudder
means smooth operation
Adjustable angle of rotation
Integral magnets for positional
feedback
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Effective torque (Nm) at 6 bar
Angle of rotation
Angle adjustment range
Model
14
14
16
16
18
18
22
22
1,5
1,5
2,6
2,6
4,6
4,6
7,4
7,4
90°
180°
90°
180°
90°
180°
90°
180°
70° ... 95°
160° ... 185°
70° ... 95°
160° ... 185°
70° ... 95°
160° ... 185°
70° ... 95°
160° ... 185°
M/60270/M/90
M/60270/M/180
M/60271/M/90
M/60271/M/180
M/60272/M/90
M/60272/M/180
M/60273/M/90
M/60273/M/180
Compressed air filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
1 to 7 bar
Operating temperature:
SWITCHES WITH LED INDICATION
+5°C to +60°C
With integral cable
90° cable
Model
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Mounting:
Mounting holes on three faces
Type
Cable length
Model
Reed
Reed
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
1,5 m
5m
1,5 m
5m
1m
3m
1m
3m
M/346/LAU/1PV
M/346/LAU/5PV
M/346/EAU/1APV
M/346/EAU/5APV
M/345/EAU/1PV
M/345/EAU/3PV
M/345/EAN/1PV
M/345/EAN/3PV
For details see page 54.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en045
45
Actuators
ROTARY VANE ACTUATORS
M/60280
Double acting
30° to 270° rotation angles
Modern, compact design.
Suitable for torques from
0,058 to 402,46 Nm.
Fixed and adjustable rotation
angles.
Single and double vane
construction.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting rotary vane with
buffer cushioning
M/60280 – M/60288 and IE models
– single vane
M/60284/TI – M/60288/TI and TE
models – double vane
Operating pressure:
2 to 10 bar
3 to 7 bar
(M/60280, M/60281, M/60281/IE)
2 to 7 bar
(M/60282, M/60283, M/60282/IE,)
Operating temperature:
+5°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Rotation tolerance:
0° to +4°: M/60280 - M/60283
0° to +3°: M/60284 - M/60288,
M/60284/TI – M/60288/TI
-9° to +3°: M/60281/IE –
M/60284/IE, M/60284/TE
46
STANDARD MODELS
Mini rotary vane actuators
Models with fixed or adjustable rotation angles
Torque at 6 bar
(Nm)**
Single
vane
0,13
0,35
0,35
1,04
1,04
1,91
1,91
4,02
4,02
9,31
9,31
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Double
vane
Rotation angle
90°
180°
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Model
270°
º
º
º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°)
º
º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°)
º
º (Adjustable from 30° to 180°)
º
º
º (Adjustable from 30° to 270°)
º
º (Adjustable from 30° to 90°)
M/60280/*
M/60281/*
M/60281/IE
M/60282/*
M/60282/IE
M/60283/*
M/60283/IE
M/60284/*
M/60284/IE
M/60284/TI
M/60284/TE
* Insert rotation angle in degrees.
** Theoretical torque.
Rotary vane actuators
Models with fixed rotation angles
Torque at 6
bar (Nm)**
Single
vane
5,78
12,55
17,65
40,69
33,83
87,39
120,91
241,73
º
Double
vane
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Rotation angle
90°
180°
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Model
270°
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
M/60285/*
M/60285/TI
M/60286/*
M/60286/TI
M/60287/*
M/60287/TI
M/60288/*
M/60288/TI
* Insert rotation angle in degrees.
** Theoretical torque
MOUNTINGS
Ø
B&G
C
M/60280 –
M/60281, .../IE
M/60282, .../IE
M/60283, .../IE
M/60284, .../IE, .../TI, ...TE
M/60285, .../TI
M/60286, .../TI
QM/60280/22
QM/60281/22
QM/60282/22
QM/60283/22
QM/60284/22
QM/60285/22
QM/60286/22
QM/60280/21
QM/60281/21
QM/60282/21
QM/60283/21
QM/60284/21
QM/60285/21
QM/60286/21
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en046
ROTARY CYLINDERS
Rack & pinion version
M/162000/MI
Double acting
Ø 32 to 125 mm
Suitable torques from 1,2 to 51,0
Nm/bar
Rotation angles 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°
Switches can be mounted flush with
the profile
VDMA 24562 pitch to use standard
VDMA mountings
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
THEORETICAL TORQUE & CUSHIONING
Ø
Theoretical torque
(Nm) at 1 bar
Cushion length
(mm)
Initial cushion
volume (cm3)
Model
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
1,2
2,3
3,9
7,3
15,7
26,3
51,0
19
22
24
24
27
34
41
12,3
20,7
36
64
116
242
451
M/162032/MI/*
M/162040/MI/*
M/162050/MI/*
M/162063/MI/*
M/162080/MI/*
M/162100/MI/*
M/162125/MI/*
*Insert rotation angle in degrees
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, magnetic piston,
adjustable cushioning
Operating pressure:
1,5 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-5°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ROTATION ANGLE
Ø
90°
180°
270°
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
360°
º
º
º
º
º
º
º
Rotation angles:
90, 180, 270, 360°
Fixed up to +8°
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
Reed
Solid state
With plug-in
cable
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en047
47
Actuators
STAINLESS STEEL ROUNDLINE
CYLINDERS (ISO)
KM/8000/M
Double acting, ISO 6432
Ø 12 to 25 mm
High corrosion and acid
resistance
New magnetic piston as
standard
Conforms to ISO 6432
Suitable for applications in
the food industry
Buffer or adjustable
cushioning
Nose mounting nut and piston
rod locknut as standard
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port size
Model
Buffer cushioning
Adjustable cushioning
12
16
20
25
6
6
8
10
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
KM/8012/M/*
KM/8016/M/*
KM/8020/M/*
KM/8025/M/*
–
–
KM/8021/M/*
KM/8026/M/*
* Insert stroke length in mm.
SWITCHES
With integral
cable
TECHNICAL DATA
With plug-in
cable
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting, magnetic piston with
buffer or adjustable cushioning
Operating pressure:
Reed
Solid state
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80°C max.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
MOUNTINGS
Ø
B, G
C
F
L
N
Switch mounting brackets#
> 15 mm stroke
Switch mounting brackets#
< 15 mm stroke
12
16
20
25
M/P72405
M/P72405
M/P72406
M/P72406
M/P72403
M/P72403
M/P72404
M/P72404
KQM/8012/25
KQM/8012/25
KQM/8020/25
KQM/55433/25
KQM/8012/24
KQM/8012/24
KQM/8020/24
KQM/8020/24
M/P72398
M/P72398
M/P72399
M/P72399
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/016/23
QM/33/020/23
QM/33/025/23
# For use with switches M/50, see page 52
48
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en048
STAINLESS STEEL (CLEAN LINE) ROUNDLINE
CYLINDERS (IS0)
KM/55001/M
Double acting
Ø 32 to 125 mm
Clean line design
High corrosion and acid
resistance
Magnetic piston as standard
Conforms to ISO 6431
Suitable for applications in the
food industry
Adjustable cushioning
Nose mounting nut and piston
rod lock nut as standard
Special wiper/seal as
standard
STANDARD MODELS
Ø
Piston
rod Ø
Port
size
Model
Magnetic
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
12
16
20
20
25
25
32
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
KM/55033/M/*
KM/55041/M/*
KM/55051/M/*
KM/55064/M/*
KM/55081/M/*
KM/55101/M/*
KM/55126/M/*
* Insert stroke length in mm
SWITCHES
TECHNICAL DATA
With integral
cable
Medium:
With plug-in
cable
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
Double acting with magnetic
piston, adjustable cushioning
Reed
Solid state
Operating pressure:
Model
Model
Cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/CP
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
M/P73001/5 (5 m)
*Insert cable length – 2, 5 or 10 m. For details see page 52
1 to 10 bar
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
MOUNTINGS
Ø
C
F
G
H
L
N
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
KQM/55433/21
KQM/55441/21
KQM/55451/21
KQM/55464/21
–
–
–
KQM/55433/25
KQM/55441/25
KQM/55451/25
KQM/55451/25
KQA/8080/25
KQA/8080/25
KQA/8125/25
M/P34297
M/P34298
M/P34299
M/P34300
–
–
–
QM/55232/28
QM/55240/28
QM/55250/28
QM/55263/28
QM/55480/28
QM/55410/28
QM/55125/28
KQM/55032/24
KQM/55040/24
KQM/55050/24
KQM/55063/24
KQM/55080/24
KQM/55100/24
KQM/55125/24
M/P34276
M/P34277
M/P34278
M/P34278
–
–
–
Switch mounting
brackets #
QM/33/432/22
QM/33/440/22
QM/33/450/22
QM/33/463/22
QM/33/480/22
QM/33/100/22
QM/33/125/22
# For switches M/50, see page. 52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en049
49
Actuators
COMPACT AIR BELLOWS
PM/31000
Single acting
Ø 2ª to 12 inch
Frictionless operation
No maintenance or lubrication
Ideal for short stroke, highforce applications
High vibration isolation level
Easy, compact installation
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
8 bar maximum
Operating temperature:
-40°C to +70°C for PM/31000
(Standard)
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
STANDARD MODELS
Nominal Ø (inch)
x convolutions
Maximum stroke
(mm)
Port size
Model
2ª x 1
2ª x 2
2ª x 3
4≥ x 1
4≥ x 2
6x1
6x2
8x1
8x2
9≥ x 1
9≥ x 2
12 x 1
12 x 2
20
45
65
40
80
55
115
95
185
105
230
105
215
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
PM/31021
PM/31022
PM/31023
PM/31041
PM/31042
PM/31061
PM/31062
PM/31081
PM/31082
PM/31091
PM/31092
PM/31121
PM/31122
Safety note: These actuators must not be pressurised when unrestrained.
For exact calculation for compact air bellows please contact our Technical Service.
Important instructions:
The design of these air bellows
allows an operation at an angle
of 5° to 25°. The top and bottom
plate can be out of alignment,
depending on the height of the
air bellow and the number of
convolutions. To avoid damage
mechanical stops at both end
positions have to be used. To
return Air Bellows to their
minimum height an external
return force must be used. The
thrust depends directly on the
height of the air bellow: When
height increases – the thrust
decreases. As the outside
diameter varies in operation
there must be enough clearance
around the air bellow.
50
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en050
SERVICEABLE AIR BELLOWS
M/31000
Single acting
Ø 6 to 26 inch
Frictionless operation
No maintenance or lubrication
Ideal for short stroke,
high-force applications
High vibration isolation level
Simple to install
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
8 bar maximum
Operating temperature:
-40°C to +70°C for M/31000
(Standard)
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Important instructions:
The design of these air bellows
allows an operation at an angle of
5° to 25°. The top and bottom plate
can be out of alignment, depending
on the height of the air bellow and
the number of convolutions. To
avoid damage mechanical stops at
both end positions have to be used.
To return Air Bellows to their
minimum height an external return
force must be used. The thrust
depends directly on the height of
the air bellow: When height
increases – the thrust decreases.
As the outside diameter varies in
operation there must be enough
clearance around the air bellow.
STANDARD MODELS
Nominal Ø (inch)
x convolutions
Maximum stroke
(mm)
Port size
Model
6x1
6x2
8x1
8x2
10 x 1
10 x 2
10 x 3
12 x 1
12 x 2
12 x 3
14≥ x 1
14≥ x 2
14≥ x 3
16 x 2
16 x 3
21 x 2
26 x 2
55
115
80
175
100
225
330
100
225
330
125
265
380
315
430
280
410
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
M/31061
M/31062
M/31081
M/31082
M/31101
M/31102
M/31103
M/31121
M/31122
M/31123
M/31141
M/31142
M/31143
M/31162
M/31163
M/31212
M/31262
Safety note: These actuators must not be pressurised when unrestrained.
For exact calculation for compact air bellows please contact our Technical Service.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en051
51
Actuators
MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES
For roundline, ISO/VDMA, VDMA compact, Lintra® rodless cylinders and slide tables
These switches are delivered with an adaptor as standard.
This combination allows you to use M/50 switches instead of QM/33, QM/34 and QM/134
Model
IP 66
IP 66 with
plug-in cable
M/50/LSU/*V
M/50/LSU/5U
TM/50/RAU/2S
M/50/RAC/5V
M/50/LSU/CP
M/50/EAP/*V
M/50/EAP/CP
M/50/EAN/*V
M/50/EAN/CP
Type
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Voltage
V a.c.#
Current
max.
Temperature
°C
LED
Features
Cable
length
Cable type
V d.c.##
Plug-in cable
Straight
90°
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 60
–
–
–
–
10 ... 170
10 ... 170
10 ... 170
10 ... 170
10 ... 75
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
180 mA
180 mA
180 mA
180 mA
180 mA
150 mA
150 mA
150 mA
150 mA
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +150°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
¬
¬
–
–
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
–
–
High temperature
Changeover
Plug M8x1
PNP
PNP, Plug M8x1
NPN
NPN, Plug M8x1
2, 5, 10 m
5m
2m
5m
~0,27 m
2, 5, 10 m
~0,27 m
2, 5, 10 m
5m
PVC 2 x 0,25
PUR 2 x 0,25
Silicon 2 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
PVC 3 x 0,25
–
–
–
–
M/P73001/5
–
M/P73001/5
–
M/P73001/5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
* 5m is the length of the plug-in cable. The switch features an M8 x 1 plug with a 0,3m cable
# 10 VA, ## Reed 10 W; Solid state 4,5 W
DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES
Ø 32 ... 125 mm
Ø 32 ... 80 mm
Ø 32 ... 125 mm
Ø 32 ... 100 mm
Ø 20 ... 63 mm
Ø 16 ... 32 mm
PRA/181000/M
PRA/182000/M
M/46000/M
M/46100/M
M/46200/M
M/162000/M
M/61000/M, .../MR
RA/191000/M, .../MX
RA/193000/M, .../MX
RA/192000/M, .../MX
M/61200/M, .../MR
BRACKET MOUNTED SWITCHES
Ø 32 ... 200 mm
Ø 32 ... 100 mm
Ø 32 ... 80 mm
Ø 10 ... 63 mm
Ø 10 ... 25 mm
Ø 25 ... 40 mm
Ø 12 ... 100 mm
Ø 10 ... 40 mm
RA/8000/M
RM/55401/M
KM/55001/M
RT/57100/M
RT/57200/M
RM/8000/M
RM/28000/M
KM/8000/M
M/44000/M
A44000
RM/91000/M
RM/92000/M
M/60100/M
Ø25 M/P72487
Ø32 M/P72487
Ø40 M/P72487
Ø12
Ø16
Ø20
Ø25
Ø32
Ø40
Ø50
Ø63
Ø80
Ø100
Ø10
Ø16
Ø25
Ø32
Ø40
Stroke length
Ø32
Ø40
Ø50
Ø63
Ø80
Ø100
Ø125
Ø160
Ø200
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
QM/27/2/1
52
Ø32 QM/33/432/22
Ø40 QM/33/440/22
Ø50 QM/33/450/22
Ø63 QM/33/463/22
Ø80 QM/33/480/22
Ø100 QM/33/410/22
Ø32 QM/33/432/22
–
–
–
Ø80 QM/33/480/22
Ø10
Ø12
Ø16
Ø20
Ø25
Ø32
Ø40
Ø50
Ø63
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/032/22
QM/33/040/22
QM/33/050/22
QM/33/063/22
Stroke length
∫15 mm
<15 mm
Ø10
Ø12
Ø16
Ø20
Ø25
Ø10
Ø12
Ø16
Ø20
Ø25
QM/33/010/22
QM/33/012/22
QM/33/016/22
QM/33/020/22
QM/33/025/22
QM/33/010/23
QM/33/016/23
QM/33/016/23
QM/33/020/23
QM/33/025/23
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
M/P72487
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en052
MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES
FOR SERIES RA/8000/M
Model
TQM/31/2
TQM/31/5
TQM/31/10
QM/32/2
QM/32/5
QM/32/10
QM/32/2/PU
QM/32/P
QM/132/2
QM/132/5
QM/132/10
QM/132/5/PU
QM/132/E/5
QM/132/P
Type
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Solid state
Voltage
V a.c.#
Current
max.
Temperature
°C
Function
LED
Features
Cable
length
Cable type
V d.c.##
Plug-in
cable
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
–
–
–
–
–
–
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 240
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
10 ... 30
2A
2A
2A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
-20° ... +150°
-20° ... +150°
-20° ... +150°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
-20° ... +80°
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
–
–
–
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PNP
PNP
PNP
PNP
PNP, Pulse stretcher
PNP
2m
5m
10 m
2m
5m
10 m
2m
–
2m
5m
10 m
5m
5m
–
Silicon 2x0,75
Silicon 2x0,75
Silicon 2x0,75
PVC 2x0,75
PVC 2x0,75
PVC 2x0,75
PUR 2x0,75
–
PVC 3x0,5
PVC 3x0,5
PVC 3x0,5
PUR 3x0,34
PUR 3x0,34
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
¬
–
–
–
–
–
¬
# 50 VA ## Reed 50 W; Solid state 6 W
PLUG WITH CABLE FOR QM/32/P AND QM/132/P
Cable type
Model
PVC 3x0,34
PUR 3x0,34
M/P34692/5
M/P34694/5
BRACKET MOUNTED SWITCHES QM/31, QM/32 & QM/132
Ø 32 ... 320 mm
RA/8000/M
Ø (mm)
Model
Ø 32 ... 63
Ø 80 ... 125
Ø 160 & 200
Ø 250
Ø 320
QM/31/032/22
QM/31/080/22
QM/31/160/22
QM/31/250/22
QM/31/320/22
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en053
53
Actuators
MAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCHES
FOR LINEAR SLIDE TABLES
Model
M/369/LSU/1
M/369/LSU/3
M/370/LSU/1
M/370/LSU/3
M/418/EAU/1
M/418/EAU/3
M/419/EAU/1
M/419/EAU/3
M/420/EAN/1
M/420/EAN/3
M/421/EAN/1
M/421/EAN/3
Type
Voltage
V d.c.
Current
max.
Temperature
°C
Signal
output
Protection
rating
Cable wire,
material
Cable
type
Cable
length
Reed
Reed
Reed
Reed
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
12 ... 24
5 ... 24
5 ... 24
5 ... 24
5 ... 24
24 mA
24 mA
24 mA
24 mA
40 mA
40 mA
40 mA
40 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
+5 ... +60
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NPN
NPN
NPN
NPN
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
PVC 2 x 0,18
PVC 2 x 0,18
PVC 2 x 0,18
PVC 2 x 0,18
PVC 2 x 0,15
PVC 2 x 0,15
PVC 2 x 0,15
PVC 2 x 0,15
PVC 3 x 0,18
PVC 3 x 0,18
PVC 3 x 0,18
PVC 3 x 0,18
In-line
In-line
90°
90°
In-line
In-line
90°
90°
In-line
In-line
90°
90°
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
1m
3m
DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES
Ø 6 ... 16 mm
Ø 10, 12 mm
Ø 8 ... 20 mm
Ø 10, 16 mm
Ø 6 mm
M/261000
M/261100
M/261200
M/261300
M/261400
FOR GRIPPERS
Model
Type
M/344/EAU/1APV
M/344/EAU/1PV
M/344/EAU/3APV
M/344/EAU/3PV
M/344/EAN/1APV
M/344/EAN/1PV
M/344/EAN/3APV
M/344/EAN/3PV
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
Voltage
V d.c.
10 ... 28
10 ... 28
10 ... 28
10 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
Current
max.
20 mA
20 mA
20 mA
20 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
Temperature
°C
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
0° ... +60°
LED
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
¬
Signal
output
Cable
length
Cable
type
Straight cable
connection
90° elbow cable
connection
–
–
–
–
NPN
NPN
NPN
NPN
1m
1m
3m
3m
1m
1m
3m
3m
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
–
¬
–
¬
–
¬
–
¬
¬
–
¬
–
¬
–
¬
–
Cable
type
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
Straight cable
connection
–
–
–
–
¬
¬
¬
¬
90° elbow cable
connection
¬
¬
¬
¬
–
–
–
–
FOR MINIATURE AND COMPACT ROTARY ACTUATORS
Model
M/346/LAU/1PV
M/346/LAU/5PV
M/346/EAU/1APV
M/346/EAU/5APV
M/345/EAU/1PV
M/345/EAU/3PV
M/345/EAN/1PV
M/345/EAN/3PV
Type
Reed
Reed
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
2-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
3-wire solid state
Voltage
V d.c.
12 ... 100
12 ... 100
4,5 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
10 ... 28
10 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
4,5 ... 28
V a.c.
12 ... 125
12 ... 125
–
–
–
–
–
–
Current
max.
40 mA
40 mA
70 mA
70 mA
40 mA
40 mA
100 mA
100 mA
Temperature LED
°C
-10 ... +60
¬
-10 ... +60
¬
-10 ... +60
¬
-10 ... +60
¬
0 ... +60
¬
0 ... +60
¬
0 ... +60
¬
0 ... +60
¬
Signal
output
–
–
–
–
–
–
NPN
NPN
Cable
length
1,5 m
5m
1,5 m
5m
1m
3m
1m
3m
DIRECT MOUNTED SWITCHES
Ø 16 ... 50 mm
Ø 16 ... 50 mm
Ø 8 ... 12 mm
Ø 12 ... 25 mm
Ø 16 ... 20 mm
Ø 12 & 20 mm
Ø 14 ... 22 mm
M/1603**/M/11
M/1603**/M/12
M/160360/M/12
M/160390/M/12
M/160380/M/12
M/60210/M
M/60270/M
For further details, please consult our Technical Service
54
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en054
Vacuum
SINGLE STAGE VACUUM PUMPS
M/58112
Very high induced air capacity
14% lower air consumption than
comparable single stage units
No wearing parts
Compatible with a wide range of
vacuum line contaminants
Allows direct connection
of suction cups and piped
exhaust facility
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered and nonlubricated
Operating pressure:
5 bar optimum
8 bar maximum
Operating temperature:
-20° to +150°C
Induced air (Nl/min), free air
0 bar
-0,1 bar
-0,2 bar
-0,3 bar
-0,4 bar
-0,5 bar
-0,6 bar
-0,7 bar
-0,8 bar
Model
28
55
24
47
18
36
14
28
11
23
8
17
5,5
12
3
6
1
2,5
M/58112/09
M/58112/11
Time (sec) for evacuation of 1 litre volume to vacuum
-0,1 bar
-0,2 bar
-0,3 bar
-0,4 bar
-0,5 bar
-0,6 bar
-0,7 bar
-0,8 bar
-0,85 bar -0,9 bar
Model
0,27
0,15
0,56
0,31
0,89
0,49
1,44
0,72
2,00
1,00
2,88
1,41
4,31
2,08
7,97
3,71
14,36
5,60
M/58112/09
M/58112/11
–
8,11
Note: Values given in the tables are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 5 bar.
Recommended tube dimensions (internal diameter)
Compressed air
Vacuum
Exhaust
Model
>Ø3
>Ø3
>Ø5
>Ø7
>Ø6
>Ø9
M/58112/09
M/58112/11
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Vacuum:
-0,85 bar maximum
(M/58112/09)
-0,90 bar maximum
(M/58112/11)
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
Vacuum
( bar )
- 1,0
- 0,9
- 0,8
- 0,7
- 0,6
- 0,5
- 0,4
- 0,3
- 0,2
- 0,1
0
M/58112/11
M/58112/09
( bar )
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Operating pressure
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en055
Air consumption
(Nl / min.)
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
M/58112/11
M/58112/09
( bar )
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Operating pressure
55
Vacuum
MULTI STAGE VACUUM PUMPS
M/58102
Fast response
Compact, lightweight
Low sound level
Compressed air driven
Simple installation
Standard and non-return
valve types
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered and nonlubricated
Operating pressure:
Type
Silencer**
Induced air
(NI/min)*
Air consumption
(NI/min)*
kg
Model
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Non-return valve
Non-return valve
Non-return valve
Non-return valve
Non-return valve
Non-return valve
Ported
Ported
Ported
Integral
Integral
Integral
Ported
Ported
Ported
Integral
Integral
Integral
80
160
240
480
708
910
80
160
240
480
708
910
49
98
144
285
471
528
49
98
144
285
471
528
0,080
0,095
0,110
0,855
1,105
1,150
0,080
0,095
0,110
0,855
1,105
1,150
M/58102/10
M/58102/20
M/58102/30
M/58102/60
M/58102/90
M/58102/120
M/58102/N/10
M/58102/N/20
M/58102/N/30
M/58102/N/60
M/58102/N/90
M/58102/N/120
*Values given are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 6 bar.
**For models with ported silencer, use silencer number M/58019
6 bar maximum
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C for M/58102/10 to
M/58102/30
-20°C to +60°C for M/58102/60 to
M/58102/120
CHARACTERISTICS
Induced air (Nl/min), free air
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
0 bar
-0,1 bar
-0,2 bar
-0,3 bar
-0,4 bar
-0,5 bar
-0,6 bar
-0,7 bar
-0,8 bar
Model
Vacuum:
80
160
240
480
708
910
55
110
165
270
427
568
32
64
96
182
273
355
28
56
84
168
252
336
25
50
75
150
225
300
18
36
54
108
162
216
13
26
39
78
117
156
5
10
15
30
45
60
1,5
3
4,5
9
13,5
18
M/58102/10
M/58102/20
M/58102/30
M/58102/60
M/58102/90
M/58102/120
-0,87 bar maximum
Air consumption
(Nl / min.)
1000
.../ 120
.../ 90
.../ 60
.../ 30
.../ 20
100
.../ 10
10
( bar )
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Operating pressure
Time (sec) for evacuation of 1 litre volume to vacuum
-0,1 bar
-0,2 bar
-0,3 bar
-0,4 bar
-0,5 bar
-0,6 bar
-0,7 bar
-0,8 bar
-0,85 bar
Model
0,070
0,035
0,023
0,012
0,007
0,006
0,200
0,100
0,070
0,034
0,023
0,017
0,450
0,230
0,150
0,080
0,050
0,040
0,750
0,370
0,250
0,120
0,080
0,060
1,150
0,570
0,380
0,190
0,130
0,100
1,730
0,860
0,580
0,290
0,190
0,150
2,610
1,320
0,870
0,440
0,290
0,220
4,130
2,070
1,380
0,690
0,460
0,350
5,820
2,920
1,940
0,970
0,650
0,490
M/58102/10
M/58102/20
M/58102/30
M/58102/60
M/58102/90
M/58102/120
Note: Values given in the tables are theoretical and apply to an operating pressure of 6 bar.
Vacuum
( bar )
Recommended tube dimensions (internal diameter)
- 1,0
- 0,9
- 0,8
- 0,7
- 0,6
- 0,5
- 0,4
- 0,3
- 0,2
- 0,1
0
( bar )
Compressed air
Vacuum
Exhaust
Model
>Ø3
>Ø3
>Ø4
>Ø4
>Ø5
>Ø5
>Ø7
>Ø7
>Ø9
> Ø 19
> Ø 19
> Ø 22
>Ø9
>Ø9
>Ø9
–
–
–
M/58102/10
M/58102/20
M/58102/30
M/58102/60
M/58102/90
M/58102/120
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Operating pressure
56
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en056
SUCTION CUPS
M/58300, M/58400
Ø 6 to 150 mm
Flat cups ideal where minimal
movement is required for
pliable materials
Bellows cups ideal where
level compensation is
required
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Vacuum
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +70°C for nitrile rubber
cups
-30°C to +200°C for silicone cups
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
MATERIALS
M/58000/01
Cups: nitrile rubber
Connection fittings: aluminium
M/58000/02
Cups: silicone
Connection fittings: aluminium
Ø
mm
-0,2 bar
Fy (N)
-0,6 bar
-0,9 bar
R
(mm)
S
(mm)
V
(cm3)
kg
6
8
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
80
120
150
0,5
1
1,5
2,7
5
9
11
19
30
86
180
280
1,5
2,5
4
8
15,5
26,5
34
57,5
91
260
540
842
2,3
3,5
6
12
23
40
51
86
135
390
810
1250
5
7
9
12
13
17,5
26
37
41
100
365
380
1,5
1,5
2
4
2
2,5
2,5
3,5
4
6
6
9
0,017
0,041
0,065
0,330
0,500
0,750
1,3
3
4,2
21
82
177
0,001
0,001
0,001
0,001
0,008
0,010
0,012
0,011
0,016
0,058
0,359
0,59
M/58301/*
M/58302/*
M/58303/*
M/58304/*
M/58305/*
M/58306/*
M/58307/*
M/58308/*
M/58309/*
M/58310/*
M/58311/*
M/58312/*
Bellows
10
15
20
30
40
50
75
110
150
1,5
3
6
12
22
34
75
140
300
3,5
6
10
22
40
66
170
350
700
5
8
14
28
50
84
230
460
900
3
5
8
15
30
40
70
85
250
4
6
5
12
10
15
14
36
38
0,225
0,750
1,40
4,75
9,25
26,25
76
111
260
0,003
0,004
0,005
0,013
0,017
0,026
0,075
0,386
0,918
M/58403/*
M/58404/*
M/58405/*
M/58407/*
M/58408/*
M/58409/*
M/58410/*
M/58411/*
M/58412/*
Nitrile rubber
Good
Excellent
Good
Fair
Silicone
Fair
Fair
Excellent
Excellent
Model
Flat
*Insert material code. nitrile: 01, silicone: 02
Note: Theoretical values are given in this table. Always allow a safety factor of > 2.
Fy
S
Material characteristics
Fx
R
Fx = µ x Fy
where µ is the frictional coefficient
of the material being handled.
An approximate guide:
Plastic
µ = 0,4 to 0,5
Steel, oiled
µ = 0,1 to 0,3
Glass
µ = 0,3 to 0,5
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en057
Wear resistance
Oil resistance
Weather resistance
Ozone resistance
57
Vacuum
VACUUM SWITCHES
M/58028/VB, .../VF (Pneumatic)
M/58027/VAP/P, .../VAN/P (Electronic)
M/58024/VB, .../VF (Electrical)
2
2
3
1
3
1
Quick easy installation.
Converts vacuum signal into
pneumatic, electronic or
electrical output
Fully adjustable switching points
Digital and analogue output on
electronic type
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Vacuum (M/58027, M/58024)
Compressed air filtered and nonlubricated (M/58028/VB, M/58028/VF)
See individual technical details
TECHNICAL DATA
(PNEUMATIC)
Operating pressure:
2 to 6 bar (pressure valve)
Type
Function
kg
Model
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Electronic
Electronic
Electrical
Electrical
Normally open
Normally closed
NPN + LED
PNP + LED
Normally open
Normally closed
0,032
0,032
0,028
0,028
0,090
0,090
M/58028/VB
M/58028/VF
M/58027/VAN/P
M/58027/VAP/P
M/58024/VB
M/58024/VF
ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRONIC SWITCH
Plug in cable
Adjustment :
-0,3 to -0,85 bar
Operating temperature:
-10°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
M/P72014/5
5 m cable length.
Tube:
Ø 4 mm
TECHNICAL DATA
(ELECTRONIC)
TECHNICAL DATA
(ELECTRICAL)
Supply voltage (Ub):
10,8 to 30 V d.c.
(reverse polarity protection)
Switching voltage:
(Ub) -0,7 V
Quiescent current consumption:
25 mA
Digital output:
Normally open, 125 mA max.
Switching point:
Adjustable between 0 and -1 bar
Analogue output (0 to -1 bar):
1 to 5 V d.c. (± 0,004 V)
Operating temperature:
+50°C max.
Switching voltage:
250 V d.c./a.c.
Switching current:
2 A max.
Adjustment :
-0,2 to -1 bar
Repeatability:
± 0,1 bar
Differential reset pressure:
Up to 0,2 bar
Switching frequency:
200/min.
Operating temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
58
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en058
VACUUM ACCESSORIES
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS FOR SUCTION CUPS
Type
Size
Model
Flexible connector
Flexible connector
G1/8
G1/2
M/58001
M/58002
For use where a vertical offset motion is
involved on curved surfaces
Simple to install
LEVEL COMPENSATORS FOR SUCTION CUPS
Type
Size
Model
Level compensator
Level compensator
Level compensator
M5
G1/8
G1/2
M/58007
M/58008
M/58009
Allows for variations in product positioning
For use with uneven product forms
VACUUM GAUGES
Model
M/58080
0 to -1 bar calibration
Accurate vacuum level indication
Port size
Model
G3/8
M/58019
Compact
Optimum air silencing characteristics
Range
0 ... -1 bar
SILENCERS
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en059
59
60
Valves
Valve islands
with multipole/
Fieldbus
Manifold and
sub-base valves
– solenoid and
pilot actuated
Solenoid valves
Special valves
Manual/
mechanical
valves
VS18/VS26
VM10
VM15
2 x 2/2, 2 x 3/2, 5/2, 5/3
18/26 mm Mini ISO Plug-in
√1350 l/min
3/2, 5/2, 5/3
Ø 4, 6 mm
√430 l/min
2 x 3/2, 5/2, 5/3
Ø 6, 8, 10 mm
√1000 l/min
Page 69
Page 73
Page 73
V40/V41
V44/V45
SXE/P ISO˙STAR
2x3/2, 5/2, 5/3
18 mm Mini ISO
√680 l/min
2x3/2, 5/2, 5/3
26 mm Mini ISO
√1200 l/min
5/2, 5/3
ISO#1 ... #3 glandless
√4400 l/min
Page 64
Page 66
Page 70
V60 ... V63
Excel 22
Excel 32
80200
3/2, 5/2, 5/3, 2 x 3/2
GΩ ... G≥
√4200 l/min
3/2
M5 & GΩ
√30 l/min
2/2, 3/2
GΩ, G∞
√260 l/min
3/2
G≥ ... G2
√35000 l/min
Page 74
Page 78
Page 79
Page 96
Two-hand control unit
XSz Safety valves
GΩ
3/2
G∞ ... G2
Page 80
Page 96
Super X
3/2, 5/2, 5/3
GΩ, G∞
√965 l/min
Page 82
Proportional
valves
VP12
VP50
VP51
GΩ
√10 bar 100 l/min
G∞
√10 bar 1200 l/min
G∞, ∞ NPT
√10 bar
Page 84
Page 85
Page 86
61
Valves
NAMUR/Process
industry valves
26230 NAMUR
82400 Click-on®
82530
84500
3/2, 5/2
G∞
√1200 l/min
2/2
G∞ ... G2
√683 l/min
2/2
G∞ ... G≥
√28,3 l/min
2/2
G≥ ... G2
√616 l/min
Page 87
Page 88
Page 89
Page 90
84520
97100 NAMUR
24011 NAMUR
95000
2/2
G≥ ... G1
√616 l/min
3/2, 5/2, 5/3
G∞
√750 l/min
3/2
G∞/∞ NPT
√340 l/min
2/2
G∞
√1700 l/min
Page 90
Page 91
Page 92
Page 93
T15
T1000 Uni-directional
T1100 Bi-directional
M/800
Ø 3 ... 12 mm
M5, GΩ ... G≥
GΩ, G∞
Ω, ∞, ≥, ª, 1"
Page 99
Page 100
Page 100
Page 102
96000
3/2
G∞
√450 l/min
Page 94
Flow control
valves
T20 & 0405
M5, Ω ... ≥ BSP
Page 103
62
Other valves
T55 Non-return
T60 Air fuses
T51, T52, T53 Non-return
M5, Ω ... ≥"
∞ ... 1≥ BSPP
Ø 4 ... 12 mm
5/32 ... ≥"
Blocking, pressure
reducing & pneumatic
sensor fittings
Ø 4 ... 12 mm
Ω ... ≥ BSP
Page 97
Page 97
Page 98
Page 101
T70, S/510 Exhaust valves
T50 Non-return
M/7200 Sleeve valves
T65 Shuttle valves
Ω ... ≥ BSPP
Ø 4 ... 12 mm
5/32 ... ≥" BSP
GΩ ... G≥
GΩ, G∞
Page 104
Page 105
Page 105
Page 105
S/636, M/637
Precision flow regulators
S/520 Non-return
GΩ ... G1
GΩ ... G≥
Pressure
switches
Page 105
Page 105
18 D Series
33 D Series
Pneumatic pressure switches
0,2 ... 30 bar
Electronic pressure switches
(pneumatic/allfluid)
-1 ... 630 bar
Page 106
Page 107
63
Valves
V40/V41 SERIES
Mini ISO Valves
2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves
Solenoid and pilot actuated
ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563
Size 18 mm
High performance, compact
design
Flexible sub-base system
Multipressure system
capability
Wide range of accessories
Dual spool technology
V40 Glandless spool and
sleeve (long life)
V41 Softseal spool (high flow)
Collected pilot exhaust with
internal pilot air supply
Easy to convert from internal
to external pilot supply
Valve exchange under
pressure
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, 40 µm filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
V40:
Glandless spool valve,
solenoid pilot or air pilot
actuated
V41:
Softseal spool valve,
solenoid pilot or air pilot
actuated
Operating pressure:
10 bar V41 models and V40
solenoid pilot actuated valves
with internal pilot supply
16 bar V40 solenoid pilot
actuated valves with external
pilot supply and V40 air pilot
actuated valves
See tables for individual details
Ambient temperature:
-15°C to +50°C V40/V41
solenoid and V41 air pilot
models
-15°C to +80°C V40 air pilot
models
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
2 x 3/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. (softseal spool)
Function
2 x 3/2
Pilot
supply
Pilot
exhaust
NC
NO
NO/NC
Internal
Internal
Internal
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Actuation
2 x 3/2
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
610
610
610/610
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
-
V415A11D-C313A
V415B11D-C313A
V415C11D-C313A
5/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c.
Spool
technology
Gl
Ss
Gl
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Gl
Pilot
supply
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Pilot exhaust
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Operator
14
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Operator
12
Air spring
Air spring
Air spring
Spring & air
Spring
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Flow
(l/min)
570
650
570
570
650
570
650
570
Operating
pressure (bar)
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
1,6 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
Pilot pressure
(bar)
–
–
1 ... 10
–
–
–
–
2 ... 10
Model
V405513D-C313A
V415513D-C313A
V405523D-C313A
V405516D-C313A
V415517D-C313A
V405511D-C313A
V415511D-C313A
V405522D-C313A
5/3 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c.
Spool
technology
Gl
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Ss
Gl
Function
Pilot
supply
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
APB
APB
APB
COE
COE
COP
COP
Pilot
exhaust
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Collected#
Operator
14
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Operator
12
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Flow
(l/min)
610
610
680
610
680
680
610
Operating
pressure (bar)
2 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
Pilot pressure
(bar)
–
2 ... 10
–
–
–
–
–
Model
V405611D-C313A
V405622D-C313A
V415611D-C313A
V405711D-C313A
V415711D-C313A
V415811D-C313A
V405811D-C313A
2 x 3/2 Air pilot actuated valves (softseal spool)
Function 2 x 3/2
Actuation 3/2
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
NC
NO
NO/NC
Air/Spring
Air/Spring
Air/Spring
610
610
610/610
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
1,7+(0,35xop.press.)
1,7+(0,35xop.press.)
1,7+(0,35xop.press.)
V415A33A-X0020
V415B33A-X0020
V415C33A-X0020
5/2 Air pilot actuated valves
Spool
technology
Operator
14
Operator
12
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Gl
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air priority
Spring
Spring
Air
Air
Air
570
650
570
650
570
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
1,6 ... 16
2 ... 10
2 ... 16
2 ... 10
2 ... 16
V405537A-X0090
V415537A-X0090
V405533A-X0020
V415533A-X0020
V405533A-X0070
5/3 Air pilot actuated valves
Spool
technology
Ss
Ss
Ss
Function
APB
COE
COP
Operator
14
Operator
12
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
680
680
680
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
V415633A-X0020
V415733A-X0020
V415833A-X0020
# Pilot exhaust collected and exhausted via port 14
Gl = Glandless spool and sleeve Ss = Softseal spool APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure
Spare pilot valve
Voltage
Power inrush/hold
Model
24 V d.c.
1,2 W
VZC7L2C1-C313A
Other voltages available on request. Spare pilot valves are delivered with mounting screws.
64
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en064
BASES
Single station sub-base
Side ported with pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Side ported without pilot ports
V70401-A5B (G1/8)
Modular sub-base
Bottom ported without
pilot ports
V70425-A5F (G1/8)
Modular sub-base
Bottom ported with side
pilot ports
V70425-A5E (G1/8)
V70426-A5E (G1/8)
Modular sub-base
Side ported with pilot ports
End plate kit
End ported
Modular sub-base
Side ported (PIF) without pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Side ported (PIF) with pilot ports
V70426-A5F (G1/8)
V70425-65F (Ø 6 mm)
V70426-65F (Ø 6 mm)
End plate kit with 2 side
Double station modular sub-base
Fixed length sub-base
ported valve stations
Bottom ported
Side ported without pilot ports
without pilot ports
V70424-B5C (G1/4)
V70432-A5F (G1/8)
V70431-A5F (G1/4, G1/8)
V704**-A50 (G1/8)
** Insert number of valve stations in sub-base assemblies. .( 02, 04, 06, 08, 10)
ACCESSORIES
Intermediate supply/
exhaust module
Single valve shut-off plate
V70429-A50 (G1/8)
V70430-K50 (Port 1 blocked)
DIN EN 50 022 rail (1
metre)
DIN-rail mounting kit
V10009-C00 (35 x 7,5 mm)
V70531-KA0
Single pressure
regulator plate
Flow regulator plate
Double pressure
regulator plate
V70427-K51 (Port 1 reg.)
V70427-K52 (Port 2 reg.)
V70427-K53 (Port 4 reg.)
Blanking plate for
unused station
V70427-K54 (Ports 2+4 reg.)
V70400-K50
V70428-K50 (Ports 3+5 reg.)
Blanking disk to
modular sub-base
V70422-K50 (Ports 1,3,5)
Sandwich plate with
additional pressure port 1
V70435-A50 (G1/8)
Manual override
set-up kit
Transition plate
#18 mm  #26 mm*
V70532-K00
V70436-K00
*For technical data on V44/V45 Mini ISO series size 26 mm see page 66
15 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table C, IP65
Connector
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Features
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
V10013-D01
V10013-D03
Plugs with cable gland
Plugs with cable gland
Plugs with cable gland
–
–
3000 mm
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V10027-D00
0588666
0102144
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
–
–
–
12 ... 24 V
110 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
V10012-D13
V10012-D18
V10012-D19
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
V10014-D01
V10014-D03
V10015-D01
V10015-D03
V10016-D01
V10016-D03
65
Valves
V44/V45 SERIES
Mini ISO Valves
2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves
Solenoid and pilot actuated
ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563
Size 26 mm
High performance, compact
design
Flexible sub-base system
Multipressure system
capability
Wide range of accessories
Dual spool technology
V44 Glandless spool and
sleeve
(long life)
V45 Softseal spool (high flow)
Collected pilot exhaust with
internal pilot air supply
Easy to convert from internal
to external pilot supply
Valve exchange under
pressure
Robust metal M12x1
connector with 4 pin
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, 40 µm filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated
Operation:
V44:
Glandless spool valve,
solenoid pilot or air pilot
actuated
V45:
Softseal spool valve,
solenoid pilot or air pilot
actuated
Operating pressure:
10 bar V45 models and V44
solenoid pilot actuated valves
with internal pilot supply
16 bar V44 solenoid pilot
actuated valves with external
pilot supply and V44 air pilot
actuated valves
See tables for individual details
Ambient temperature:
-15°C to +50°C V44/V45
solenoid and V45 air pilot
models
-15°C to +80°C V44 air pilot
models
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
66
2 x 3/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c. (softseal spool)
Function
2 x 3/2
Pilot
supply
Pilot
exhaust
Actuation
2 x 3/2
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
Pilot pressure
pressure (bar) (bar)
Model
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO/NC
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
1100
1100
1000
1000
1000/1100
3 ... 10
0 ... 10
3 ... 10
0 ... 10
3 ... 10
V45AA11D-C313A
V45AA22D-C313A
V45AB11D-C313A
V45AB22D-C313A
V45AC11D-C313A
–
1,5+(0,5xop.press.)
–
1,5+(0,5xop.press.)
–
5/2 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c.
Spool
technology
Pilot
supply
Pilot
exhaust
Operator
14
Operator
12
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
Pilot pressure
pressure (bar) (bar)
Model
Gl
Gl
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Ss
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
External
Internal
Internal
External
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Air spring
Air spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
900
900
900
1200
900
1200
900
1200
1200
1 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
1,6 ... 10
2 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
V44A513D-C313A
V44A523D-C313A
V44A517D-C313A
V45A517D-C313A
V44A527D-C313A
V45A527D-C313A
V44A511D-C313A
V45A511D-C313A
V45A522D-C313A
–
1 ... 10
–
–
1,6 ... 10
2 ... 10
–
–
2 ... 10
5/3 Solenoid pilot actuated valves, 24 V d.c.
Spool
technology
Function
Pilot
supply
Pilot
exhaust
Operator
14
Operator Flow
12
(l/min)
Operating
Pilot pressure
pressure (bar) (bar)
Model
Gl
Ss
Ss
Gl
Ss
Ss
Gl
Ss
Ss
APB
APB
APB
COE
COE
COE
COP
COP
COP
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Collected#
Collected#
Not collected
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid
2 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
2 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
2 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
V44A611D-C313A
V45A611D-C313A
V45A622D-C313A
V44A711D-C313A
V45A711D-C313A
V45A722D-C313A
V44A811D-C313A
V45A811D-C313A
V45A822D-C313A
900
1150
1150
900
1150
1150
900
1150
1150
–
–
2,5 ... 10
–
–
2,5 ... 10
–
–
2,5 ... 10
# Pilot exhaust collected and exhausted via port 14
2 x 3/2 Air pilot actuated valves (softseal spool)
Function
2 x 3/2
Actuation
2 x 3/2
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
NC
NC
NO/NC
Air/Spring
Air/Spring
Air/Spring
1100
1000
1000/1100
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.)
1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.)
1,7 + (0,5 x op.press.)
V45AA33A-X0020
V45AB33A-X0020
V45AC33A-X0020
5/2 Air pilot actuated valves
Spool
technology
Operator
14
Operator
12
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
Gl
Ss
Gl
Ss
Air
Air
Air
Air
Spring
Spring
Air
Air
900
1200
900
1200
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
1,6 ... 16
2 ... 10
2 ... 16
2 ... 10
V44A537A-X0090
V45A537A-X0090
V44A533A-X0020
V45A533A-X0020
Gl = Glandless Spool and Sleeve Ss = Softseal Spool
APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en066
5/3 Air pilot actuated valves
Spool
technology
Function
Operator
14
Operator
12
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
Ss
Ss
Ss
APB
COE
COP
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
1150
1150
1150
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
V45A633A-X0020
V45A733A-X0020
V45A833A-X0020
Gl = Glandless Spool and Sleeve Ss = Softseal Spool
APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust COP = Centre Open Pressure
Voltage codes & spare pilots
Voltage
Power inrush/hold
Spare pilot valve
24 V d.c.
1,2 W
VZC7L2C1-C313A
Other voltages available on request. Spare pilot valves are delivered with mounting screws.
BASES
Single station sub-base
Side ported with pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Side ported without pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Side ported with pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Side ported (PIF) without pilot ports
V70501-BAB (G1/4)
V70525-BAF (G1/4)
V70526-BAF (G1/4)
V70525-8AF (Ø 8 mm)
V70526-8AF (Ø 8 mm)
End plate kit
End ported
Fixed length sub-base
Bottom ported
Modular sub-base
Bottom ported (PIF) without pilot ports
Modular sub-base
Bottom ported with side pilot ports
V70525-BAE (G1/4)
V70526-BAE (G1/4)
V70524-CAC (G3/8)
Modular sub-base
Side ported (PIF) with pilot ports
V705**-BA0 (G1/4)
** Insert number of valve stations in sub-base assemblies. .( 02, 04, 06, 08, 10)
ACCESSORIES
Intermediate supply/exhaust
module
Single valve shut-off plate
Single pressure
regulator plate
Double pressure
regulator plate
V70529-BA0 (G1/4)
V70530-KA0 (Port 1 blocked)
V70527-KA1 (Port 1 reg.)
V70527-KA2 (Port 2 reg.)
V70527-KA3 (Port 4 reg.)
DIN-rail mounting kit
V70527-KA4 (Ports 2+4 reg.)
V70528-KA0 (Ports 3+5 reg.)
Blanking plate for unused
station
Blanking disk to modular
sub-base
V70531-KA0
V70500-KA0
V70522-K00 (Ports 1,3,5)
V70523-K00 (Ports 12+14)
Sandwich plate with additional
pressure port 1
V70535-BA0 (G1/4)
Manual override kit
V70532-K00
DIN EN 50 022 rail (1 metre)
V10009-C00 (35 x 7,5 mm)
Flow regulator plate
Transition plate #18 mm*  #26 mm
V70436-K00
*For technical data on V40/V41 Mini ISO series size 18 mm see page 64
67
Valves
V44/V45 SERIES
Mini ISO Valves
2 x 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 Valves
Solenoid and pilot actuated
ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24 563
Size 26 mm
15 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table C, IP65
Connector
68
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Features
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
V10013-D01
V10013-D03
Plugs with cable gland
Plugs with cable gland
Plugs with cable gland
–
–
3000 mm
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V10027-D00
0588666
0102144
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
–
–
–
12 ... 24 V
110 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
V10012-D13
V10012-D18
V10012-D19
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
V10014-D01
V10014-D03
V10015-D01
V10015-D03
V10016-D01
V10016-D03
VS18/VS26VALVEADVANTAGE
Field expandability has reached new levels with Norgren’s VS18 and
VS26 valve range. Whether using a simple multipole or a complex
fieldbus system, expanding the size of your valve island to match the
changing demands of your equipment is a simple “plug-and-play”
experience. Norgren’s plug-in Printed Circuit Board (PCB) technology
takes only seconds to install and additional sub-bases can be attached
with only two screws.
Both the VS18 and VS26 are offered with two unique spool
technologies. To maximize the speed of your pneumatic system, use
Norgren’s soft seal spool to achieve enhanced flow rates. For
maximum reliability, our glandless spool and sleeve delivers hundreds
of millions of trouble-free cycles. Or incorporate both spool
technologies within the same valve island to optimize your machine’s
performance.
Norgren’s VS18 and VS26 give you the versatility to choose the
features you need with the modularity to easily expand and add
accessories. By combining flexibility and Swiss-engineered quality,
Norgren has created a no-compromise valve range with unlimited
ability.
MODULAR
Field expandable in single stations
Any number of valves up to 16
Extensive sandwich accessory options
Two sizes of plug-in sub base valves
VERSATILE
Two spool technologies with unique advantages
Universal PNP/NPN 24V DC multipole
Eleven valve configurations
Two multipole voltages
Seven integrated fieldbus protocols
Numerous porting and manual override options
Millions of possibilities
RELIABLE
200 million cycles valve life
Robust construction
ATEX, IP 65, UL and NEMA 4
Durable electrical technology
MAINTENANCE FRIENDLY
Simple plug-in sub base valve exchange
Interruption-free valve replacement option
Easy exchange of system components
Visit www.norgren.com and use the
Norgren valve island configurator to
easily select and configure a unit that
exactly meets your needs
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en069
69
Valves
ISO˙STAR
Solenoid & pilot actuated spool valves
Sub-base
5/2 & 5/3, ISO #1 to ISO #3
Specially coated glandless
spool and sleeve for long
trouble-free life
Integral flow regulators
available on ISO #1 and #2
sizes
Low power solenoids feature
manual override as standard
Wide range of sub-bases and
accessories
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated, non lubricated and
dry.
Operating pressure:
Maximum 16 bar, see table for
individual details.
Flow:
ISO #1
ISO #2
ISO #3
1230 l/min
2450 l/min
4400 l/min
Ambient temperature:
-15°C to +50°C solenoid models
-15°C to +80°C pilot models.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
Solenoid pilot actuated valves
Size
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
Function Actuation
Mid
Flow
regulator position
End solenoid models
Operating
Model
pressure (bar)
CNOMO solenoid models
Operating
Model
pressure (bar)
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,8 ... 10
1,8 ... 10
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
1,8 ... 10
1,8 ... 10
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
1,8 ... 10
1 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
1,8 ... 16
1,8 ... 16
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
1,8 ... 16
1,8 ... 16
1 ... 10
1 ... 10
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
1,8 ... 16
1 ... 10
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
2 ... 16
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Air spring
Sol/Air spring
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/Air spring
Sol/Air spring
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Spring
Sol/Air spring
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
–
–
–
–
–
–
APB
COE
COP
–
–
–
–
–
–
APB
COE
COP
–
–
–
APB
COE
COP
SXE9573-A71-00/***
SXE9573-A81-00/***
SXE9573-A70-00/***
SXE9573-A80-00/***
SXE0573-A50-00/***
SXE0573-A60-00/***
SXE9673-A60-00/***
SXE9773-A60-00/***
SXE9873-A60-00/***
SXE9574-A71-00/***
SXE9574-A81-00/***
SXE9574-A70-00/***
SXE9574-A80-00/***
SXE0574-A50-00/***
SXE0574-A60-00/***
SXE9674-A60-00/***
SXE9774-A60-00/***
SXE9874-A60-00/***
SXE9575-A71-00/***
SXE9575-A70-00/***
SXE0575-A50-00/***
SXE9675-A50-00/***
SXE9775-A50-00/***
SXE9875-A50-00/***
SXE9573-Z71-81/***
SXE9573-Z81-81/***
SXE9573-Z70-60/***
SXE9573-Z80-60/***
SXE0573-Z50-81/***
SXE0573-Z60-81/***
SXE9673-Z60-81/***
SXE9773-Z60-81/***
SXE9873-Z60-81/***
SXE9574-Z71-81/***
SXE9574-Z81-81/***
SXE9574-Z70-60/***
SXE9574-Z80-60/***
SXE0574-Z50-81/***
SXE0574-Z60-81/***
SXE9674-Z60-81/***
SXE9774-Z60-81/***
SXE9874-Z60-81/***
SXE9575-Z71-81/***
SXE9575-Z70-60/***
SXE0575-Z50-81/***
SXE9675-Z50-81/***
SXE9775-Z50-81/***
SXE9875-Z50-81/***
APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. Service kits not available for these valves.
*** Insert voltage codes for standard or CNOMO model from correct table below. Order connector plugs separately.
Manual override on end solenoid models: Push to operate spring return, lockable
Manual override on CNOMO solenoid models (-60/***): Screwdriver memory type
Manual override on CNOMO solenoid models (-81/***): Push to operate spring return
Voltage codes and spare coils for 10 bar solenoid models
Voltage
22 mm Coil with connector
interface acc. to Industrial Standard
Code Power inrush/hold Model
12 V d.c.
24 V d.c.
24 V 50/60 Hz
110/120 V 50/60 Hz
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
12J
13J
14J
18J
19J
2W
2W
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
6/5 VA
22 mm Coil with connector interface 30 mm Coil with connector interface
acc. to DIN 43650 table B
acc. to DIN 43650 table A
Code Power inrush/hold Model
Code Power inrush/hold Model
QM/48/12J/21
QM/48/13J/21 13L
QM/48/14J/21
QM/48/18J/21
QM/48/19J/21
2W
V10626-A13L 23N
28N
1,5 W
2 VA
Voltage codes and spare coils for 16 bar
models (CNOMO only)
Voltage
30 mm Coil with connector interface
acc. to DIN 43650 table A
Code
Power inrush/hold
Model
24 V d.c.
110/120 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
33N
88N
89N
4W
8 VA
8 VA
V10633-A33N
V10633-A88N
V10633-A89N
For details of connector plugs and indicators see page 72
70
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en070
V10633-A23N
V10633-A28N
Air pilot actuated valves
Size
Function
Actuation
Flow
regulator
Mid position
Operating
pressure (bar)
Model
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #1
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #2
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
ISO #3
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
Pilot/Spring
Pilot/Spring
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Spring
Pilot/Spring
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Spring
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
Pilot/Pilot
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
–
Built-in
–
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
APB
COE
COP
–
–
–
–
APB
COE
COP
–
–
APB
COE
COP
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 16
SXP9573-170-00
SXP9573-180-00
SXP0573-170-00
SXP0573-180-00
SXP9673-180-00
SXP9773-180-00
SXP9873-180-00
SXP9574-170-00
SXP9574-180-00
SXP0574-170-00
SXP0574-180-00
SXP9674-180-00
SXP9774-180-00
SXP9874-180-00
SXP9575-170-00
SXP0575-170-00
SXP9675-170-00
SXP9775-170-00
SXP9875-170-00
APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure. Service kits not available for these valves.
BASES
VDMA 24 345 sub-bases
Form A
Side ported
ISO#1
ISO#2
ISO#3
M/P19126 (G1/4)
M/P19132 (G3/8)
M/P19138 (G1/2)
Form C
Manifold
Form D
End plates
CQM/22152/3/21
CQM/22253/3/21
CQM/22354/3/21
Blanking disk
CQM/22152/3/22
CQM/22253/3/22
CQM/22354/3/22
FP 8382
FP 8482
FP 8582
Universal base options
ISO#1
ISO#2
Modular base
Side & bottom ported
End plates*
End plate, end ports open
CQM/22152/3/27 (G1/4)
CQM/22253/3/27 (G3/8)
CQM/22152/3/28 (G3/8)
CQM/22253/3/28 (G1/2)
CQM/22152/3/31 (G3/8)
CQM/22253/3/31 (G1/2)
Transition plate
CQM/22152/3/29 (#1-#2)
Blanking disk
M/P43173
M/P43174
* All ports supplied blanked for optimum system configuration.
ACCESSORIES
ISO #1
ISO #2
ISO #3
Single pressure regulator plate
Single pressure regulator plate
Single pressure regulator plate
Double pressure regulator plate
V71010-KB1 Port 1 reg.
V71010-KC1 Port 1 reg.
V71010-KD1 Port 1 reg.
V71012-KB2 Port 2 reg.
V71012-KC2 Port 2 reg.
V71012-KD2 Port 2 reg.
V71012-KB3 Port 4 reg.
V71012-KC3 Port 4 reg.
V71012-KD3 Port 4 reg.
V71012-KB4 Ports 2+4 reg.
V71012-KC4 Ports 2+4 reg.
V71012-KD4 Ports 2+4 reg.
71
Valves
ISO˙STAR
Solenoid & pilot actuated spool valves
Sub-base
5/2 & 5/3, ISO #1 to ISO #3
22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard or DIN 43 650 Table B, IP65
Connector
Type
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
M/P43313/1
M/P43313/3
Plug with cable gland
22 mm Industrial standard
–
12 ... 250 V
12 ... 250 V
–
0657868000000
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Plug with cable gland and indicator
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
–
–
–
10 ... 50 V
70 ... 110 V
150 ... 240 V
10 ... 50 V
70 ... 250 V
150 ... 240 V
Lamp
Neon
Neon
M/P24121/1
M/P24121/2
M/P24121/3
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
22 mm Industrial standard
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
–
–
–
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 ... 120 V
220 ... 240 V
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 ... 120 V
220 ... 240 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
M/P43314/11
M/P43314/13
M/P43314/21
M/P43314/23
M/P43314/31
M/P43314/33
M/P40859
M/P40886
M/P40860
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
DIN43650 Form B
DIN43650 Form B
22 mm Industrial standard
–
–
–
–
250 V
–
24 V
–
15 V, 30 V
LED
LED
LED
0664811
0664812
0680000
30 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table A, IP65
Connector
72
Features
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Features
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
M/P43315/1
M/P43315/3
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Plug with cable gland and indicator
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
250 V
–
250 V
12 ... 250 V
12 ... 240 V
10 ... 50 V
70 ... 115 V
150 ... 240 V
300 V
240 V
300 V
12 ... 250 V
12 ... 240 V
10 ... 50 V
70 ... 115 V
150 ... 240 V
–
–
–
–
–
Lamp
Neon
Neon
M/P15737
M/P19117
0570275
0663303
0570110
M/P24120/1
M/P24120/2
M/P24120/3
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Light emitting gaskets
Light emitting gaskets
Light emitting gaskets
1000 mm
3000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
–
–
–
24 V
24 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 ... 120 V
220 ... 240 V
24 V
24 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
12 ... 24 V
110 ... 120 V
220 ... 240 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
M/P43316/11
M/P43316/13
M/P43316/23
M/P43316/31
M/P43316/33
M/P40861
M/P40880
M/P40862
VM SERIES VALVEADVANTAGE
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en073
High flow
Both the 10 mm and 15 mm valves offer
exceptional flow for their small, compact
size - 430 l/min for the 10 mm and 1000
l/min for the 15 mm option
Flexibility
Up to 32 solenoids per island for multipole
and fieldbus (16 station). Individually wired
up to 40 solenoids per island (20 station)
Easy to maintain
The islands have interlocking stations so no
tie rods are needed. Valves can be changed
in minutes to minimalise downtime
» visit www.norgren.com and use the
Norgren valve island configurator to
easily select and configure a unit that
exactly meets your needs
73
Valves
V60 ... 63 SERIES
In-line valves
Solenoid and pilot actuated
3/2, 5/2, 5/3 and 2 x 3/2
2
4
10
12
10
3 1
2
4
12
10
10
3 1
14
5
High flow rate
Small volumetric size
Proven sealing system
Different manual override
options as standard
Maintenance-free
Low power consumption (2 W)
Application oriented pilot
controls
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered to 50
µm, lubricated or non lubricated.
Operation:
Electromagnetically or
pneumatically controlled
Connection:
G1/8 up to G1/2
Operating pressure:
1,5/2 up to 8/10 bar
Flow:
Size
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
14
5
3/2, 5/2
750
1300
2600
4200
2 x 3/2, 5/3
500
950
1900
2200 (5/3)
Ambient temperature:
-10°C to +50°C
Fluid temperature:
-10°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
3/2 valves, solenoid actuated
Function
Port
size
Actuation
Pilot
supply
Pilot exhaust
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Model
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/spring
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/spring
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
External
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
750
750
750
750
1300
1300
1300
1300
2600
2600
4200
4200
750
750
1300
1300
2600
4200
750
750
1300
1300
2600
2600
4200
4200
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
1,5 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
1,5 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
1,5 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
1,5 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
–
–
3 ... 8
–
–
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
–
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
V60A413A-A#***
V60A423A-A#***
V60A417A-A#***
V60A413D-C#13A
V61B413A-A#***
V61B423A-A#***
V61B417A-A#***
V61B413D-C#13A
V62C413A-A#***
V62C423A-A#***
V63D413A-A#***
V63D423A-A#***
V60A313A-A#***
V60A323A-A#***
V61B313A-A#***
V61B323A-A#***
V62C313A-A#***
V63D313A-A#***
V60A411A-A#***
V60A422A-A#***
V61B411A-A#***
V61B422A-A#***
V62C411A-A#***
V62C422A-A#***
V63D411A-A#***
V63D422A-A#***
2 x 3/2 valves, solenoid actuated
Function
Port
size
Actuation
Pilot
supply
Pilot exhaust
Flow
(l/min)
Operating
pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure Model
(bar)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO/NC
NO/NC
NO/NC
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
500
500
950
950
1900
500
950
500
500
950
2 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
V60AA11A-A#***
V60AA11D-C#13A
V61BA11A-A#***
V61BA11D-C#13A
V62CA11A-A#***
V60AB11A-A#***
V61BB11A-A#***
V60AC11A-A#***
V60AC11D-C#13A
V61BC11A-A#***
*** Insert coil code from table below or 000 for version without solenoid. For manual override options, substitute ‘#’ as follows:
2 = push and lock, 3 = push only. Note: Further mechanical spring return options on request
NC = Normally closed NO = Normally open
NC/NC = Both valves normally closed (port P) NO/NO = Both valves normally open (port P) NO/NC = 1 valve normally open, 1 valve normally
closed (port P). Note: 2 x 3/2 valves must be used in a manifold system.
For technical information about solenoid variants, please see ‘Coil and voltage codes’ on page 75
74
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en074
5/2 valves, solenoid actuated
Port size
Actuation
Pilot supply
Pilot exhaust
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/Spring
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/Spring
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/Spring
Sol/Spring
Sol/air
Sol/air
Sol/Spring
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
750
750
750
750
750
1300
1300
1300
1300
2600
2600
2600
2600
4200
4200
4200
750
750
750
1300
1300
1300
2600
2600
4200
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
2 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 10
2 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 10
–
3 ... 8
–
–
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
V60A513A-A#***
V60A523A-A#***
V60A517A-A#***
V60A513D-C#13A
V60A523D-C#13A
V61B513A-A#***
V61B523A-A#***
V61B517A-A#***
V61B513D-C#13A
V62C513A-A#***
V62C523A-A#***
V62C517A-A#***
V62C527A-A#***
V63D513A-A#***
V63D523A-A#***
V63D517A-A#***
V60A511A-A#***
V60A522A-A#***
V60A511D-C#13A
V61B511A-A#***
V61B522A-A#***
V61B511D-C#13A
V62C511A-A#***
V62C522A-A#***
V63D511A-A#***
5/3 valves, solenoid actuated
Function
Port size
Actuation
Pilot supply
Pilot exhaust
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
APB
APB
APB
APB
APB
APB
APB
APB
APB
COE
COE
COE
COE
COE
COE
COE
COE
COP
COP
COP
COP
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Sol/Sol
Internal
External
External
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Internal
Internal
External
Internal
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
Not collected
500
500
500
950
950
950
1900
1900
2200
500
500
950
950
950
1900
1900
2200
500
950
950
1900
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
-0,9 ... 10
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 10
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2,5 .... 8
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 10
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
2,5 .... 8
3 ... 8
3 ... 8
-0,9 ... 8
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
3 ... 10
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
3 ... 8
–
–
3 ... 8
–
–
–
3 ... 8
–
V60A611A-A#***
V60A622A-A#***
V60A622D-C#13A
V61B611A-A#***
V61B622A-A#***
V61B611D-C#13A
V62C611A-A#***
V62C622A-A#***
V63D611A-A#***
V60A711A-A#***
V60A722A-A#***
V61B711A-A#***
V61B722A-A#***
V61B711D-C#13A
V62C711A-A#***
V62C722A-A#***
V63D711A-A#***
V60A811A-A#***
V61B811A-A#***
V61B822A-A#***
V62C811A-A#***
`*** Insert coil code from table below or 000 for version without solenoid. For manual override options, substitute ‘#’ as follows:
2 = push and lock, 3 = push only. Note: Further mechanical spring return options on request
APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure.
COIL & VOLTAGE CODES
22 mm coil DIN EN 175 301-803 (DIN 43650 B)
22 mm coil industrial standard
Voltage
Coil code
Power inrush/hold
Model
Voltage
Coil code
Power inrush/hold
Model
24 V d.c.
24 V 50/60 Hz
48 V 50/60 Hz
110/120 V 50/60 Hz
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
13L
14L
16L
18L
19L
2W
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
6/5 VA
V10626-A13L
V10626-A14L
V10626-A16L
V10626-A18L
V10626-A19L
24 V d.c.
24 V 50/60 Hz
48 V 50/60 Hz
110/120 V 50/60 Hz
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
13J
14J
16J
18J
19J
2W
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
6/5 VA
QM/48/13J/21
QM/48/14J/21
QM/48/16J/21
QM/48/18J/21
QM/48/19J/21
Connector plugs must be ordered separately – see page 77
75
Valves
V60 ... 63 SERIES
In-line valves
Solenoid and pilot actuated
3/2, 5/2, 5/3 and 2 x 3/2
3/2 valves, pilot actuated
Function
Port size
Operator 12
Operator 10
NC
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO
NO
–
–
–
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G1/2
Air
Air
Air
Air
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Air
Air
Air
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Flow (l/min)
750
1300
2600
4200
750
1300
2600
4200
750
1300
4200
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
3 ... 16
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
3 ... 16
1,5 ... 10
1,5 ... 10
1,5 ... 16
V60A4D7A-XA090
V61B4D7A-XA090
V62C4D7A-XA090
V63D4D7A-XA090
V60A3D7A-XA090
V61B3D7A-XA090
V62C3D7A-XA090
V63D3D7A-XA090
V60A4DDA-XA020
V61B4DDA-XA020
V63D4DDA-XA020
NC = Normally closed NO = Normally open
2 x 3/2 valves, pilot actuated
Function
Port size
Operator 14
Operator 12
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
NC
NC
G1/8
G1/4
Air
Air
Air
Air
500
950
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
V60AADDA-XA020
V61BADDA-XA020
5/2 valves, pilot actuated
Port size
Operator 12
Operator 10
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Air
Air
Air
Air
750
1300
2600
4200
750
1300
2600
4200
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 16
Pilot pressure (bar)
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
3 ... 16
1,5 ... 10
1,5 ... 10
1,5 ... 10
1,5 ... 16
Model
V60A5D7A-XA090
V61B5D7A-XA090
V62C5D7A-XA090
V63D5D7A-XA090
V60A5DDA-XA020
V61B5DDA-XA020
V62C5DDA-XA020
V63D5DDA-XA020
5/3 valves, pilot actuated
Function
Port size
Operator 14
Operator 12
Flow (l/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
Pilot pressure (bar)
Model
APB
APB
APB
COE
COE
COP
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
Air
500
950
1900
500
950
500
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
-0,9 ... 10
3 ... 10
3 ... 10
3 ... 10
3 ... 10
3 ... 10
3 ... 10
V60A6DDA-XA020
V61B6DDA-XA020
V62C6DDA-XA020
V60A7DDA-XA020
V61B7DDA-XA020
V60A8DDA-XA020
Note: Internal switching in middle position via spring.
APB = All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure.
ACCESSORIES
Valves
Connectors
Silencer sintered
bronze
0014510
0014610
0014710
0014810
76
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Industrial standard 22 mm
2-pole + PE
0680000
15...30 V d.c.; LED, surge suppression
DIN EN 175301-803
(DIN 43650 B)
2-pole + PE
DIN EN 175301-803
(DIN 43650 C)
3-pole + PE
0680003 12 ... 250 V a.c./d.c.
0664811 15 ... 30 V d.c.; LED, surge suppression
0664812 150 ... 250 V a.c.; glim lamp
0588666
0102144
12...250 V a.c./d.c.
12...250 V a.c./d.c.; cable 3 m
22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard
Connector
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Features
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
M/P43313/1
M/P43313/3
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Plug with cable gland and indicator
–
–
–
10 ... 50 V
10 ... 50 V
70 ... 110 V 70 ... 250 V
150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V
Lamp
Neon
Neon
M/P24121/1
M/P24121/2
M/P24121/3
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
M/P43314/11
M/P43314/13
M/P43314/21
M/P43314/23
M/P43314/31
M/P43314/33
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
–
–
–
12 ... 24 V
12 ... 24 V
110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V
220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
M/P40859
M/P40886
M/P40860
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
77
Valves
EXCEL 22 (M/48, M/49)
Solenoid actuated 22 mm poppet valves
Sub-base mounted
3/2, NC, GΩ
Sub-base mounted and manifold
mounted – compact and
convenient
Manual override as standard
TECHNICAL DATA
Connection
Function
Actuation
Mounting
Model
1,0 mm orifice (low power)
1,6 mm orifice
G1/8
G1/8
3/2 NC
3/2 NC
Sol/spring
Sol/spring
Single
Manifold
M/49/MAZ***
DM/49/MAZ***/T#
M/49/MDZ***
DM/49/MDZ***/T#
*** Insert voltage codes from table below.
# Add number of valves in manifold up to 6 maximum.
Order connector plugs separately.
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated and non lubricated.
Voltage codes
Voltage
1,0 mm orifice (low power)
Code
Power
Coil
1,6 mm orifice
Code
Power
Coil
12 V d.c.
24 V d.c.
24 V 50/60 Hz
110/120 V 50/60 Hz
220/240 V 50/60 Hz
12J
13J
14J
18J
19J
82J
83J
84J
88J
89J
7,5 W
6W
12/8 VA
12/8 VA
12/8 VA
QM/48/82J/21
QM/48/83J/21
QM/48/84J/21
QM/48/88J/21
QM/48/89J/21
Operating pressure:
0 to 10 bar
Flow:
Orifice
1,0 mm
1,6 mm
l/min
30
77
2W
2W
4/2,5 VA
4/2,5 VA
6/5 VA
QM/48/12J/21
QM/48/13J/21
QM/48/14J/21
QM/48/18J/21
QM/48/19J/21
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
22 mm Plugs according to Industrial Standard
Connector
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
78
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
Features
Model
–
–
M/P43313/1
M/P43313/3
Indicator plug
–
Indicator plug
–
Plug with cable gland and indicator –
10 ... 50 V
10 ... 50 V
Lamp
70 ... 110 V 70 ... 250 V Neon
150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V Neon
M/P24121/1
M/P24121/2
M/P24121/3
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
M/P43314/11
M/P43314/13
M/P43314/21
M/P43314/23
M/P43314/31
M/P43314/33
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
Light emitting gasket
–
–
–
12 ... 24 V
12 ... 24 V
Green LED
110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V Green LED
220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V Green LED
M/P40859
M/P40886
M/P40860
Plug with cable gland
–
12 ... 250 V
0657868000000
24 V
24 V
110 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
12 ... 250 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
–
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en078
EXCEL 32
V04 & V05 SERIES
Solenoid actuated 32 mm poppet valves
In-line & sub-base mounted
2/2 & 3/2, GΩ, G∞
Extensive range of power and
orifice size options
Compact installation
Removeable coil
Standard exhaust diffuser
Choice of manual override
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non lubricated.
Function
Mounting
Orifice (mm)
Operating pressure (bar)
Model
3/2 NO
3/2 NC
2/2 NC
3/2 NC
2/2 NC
3/2 NC
3/2 NO
3/2 NC
2/2 NC
2/2 NC
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
2,0
2,0
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,0
2,0
2,5
2,5
3,0
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 16
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 13
V04X386L-B62*A
V04X486L-B62*A
V05X286M-B63*A
V05X486M-B63*A
V04A286M-B62*A
V04A486L-B62*A
V04A386L-B62*A
V05A486M-B63*A
V04B286M-B42*A
V05B286N-B43*A
* Insert voltage codes from table below. Order connector plugs separately.
For interface valves use manifold M/P35598/#. # = number of stations from 1 to 6
Operating pressure:
Voltage codes & spare coils – V04 and V05
Maximum 16 bar.
See individual details.
Flow:
Orifice Ø
2,0 mm
2,5 mm
3,0 mm
Interface
95 l/min
150 l/min
–
GΩ, G∞
120 l/min
190 l/min
260 l/min
Ambient temperature:
Voltage
Code
Coil
V04
V05
12 V d.c.
24 V d.c.
24 V 50/60 Hz
48 V 50/60 Hz
110 ...120 V 50/60 Hz
220 ... 240 V 50/60 Hz
2
3
4
6
8
9
V04X286A-Q1222
V04X286A-Q1223
V04X286A-Q1224
V04X286A-Q1226
V04X286A-Q1228
V04X286A-Q1229
–
V05X286A-Q1233
V05X286A-Q1234
–
V05X286A-Q1238
V05X286A-Q1239
-20°C to +50°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
30 mm Plugs according to DIN 43 650 Table A, IP65
Connector
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en079
Cable
length
Voltage
a.c.
d.c.
Features
Model
Plug with moulded cable
Plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
–
–
M/P43315/1
M/P43315/3
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
Plug with cable gland
–
–
–
–
–
250 V
–
250 V
12 ... 250 V
12 ... 240 V
300 V
240 V
300 V
12 ... 250 V
12 ... 240 V
–
–
–
–
–
M/P15737
M/P19117
0570275
0663303
0570110
Indicator plug
Indicator plug
Plug with cable gland and indicator
–
–
–
10 ... 50 V
10 ... 50 V
Lamp
70 ... 115 V 70 ... 115 V Neon
150 ... 240 V 150 ... 240 V Neon
M/P24120/1
M/P24120/2
M/P24120/3
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
Indicator plug with moulded cable
1000 mm
3000 mm
3000 mm
1000 mm
3000 mm
24 V
24 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
M/P43316/11
M/P43316/13
M/P43316/23
M/P43316/31
M/P43316/33
Light emitting gaskets
Light emitting gaskets
Light emitting gaskets
–
–
–
12 ... 24 V
12 ... 24 V
Green LED
110 ... 120 V 110 ... 120 V Green LED
220 ... 240 V 220 ... 240 V Green LED
24 V
24 V
110 V
220 V
220 V
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
LED,VDR
M/P40861
M/P40880
M/P40862
79
Valves
TWO-HAND CONTROL UNIT
GΩ
1
2
Certificate of Conformity
supplied with every unit
Notified Body Approval from BSI
Testing
Meets the requirements of
EN574 Class IIIB*
Both hands must be engaged
simultaneously
Single fault tolerant
Protection against accidental
operation
No setting or adjustment
required
Switch ‘On’
Switch ‘Off’
Model
Both buttons must be operated within 0,5 secs
0,6 secs max.
M/2720
*The scope of the Machinery Directive
encompasses safety components as well as
machinery, and since two-hand control units are
classed as safety components this requires the
M/2720 to satisfy the essential health and safety
requirements of the Directive. One method of
ensuring this is to conform with published
European Norm (EN) Standards. In the case of
the M/2720 the main standard is EN574 Safety
of Machinery – Two Hand Control Devices,
Functional Aspects – Principles for Design. This
standard classifies two-hand controls into
various types, each requiring minimum
performance and safety characteristics, such as
simultaneous operation, fault tolerance,
prevention of accidental operation etc. In
addition, the M/2720 is dimensionally identical to
the M/2710 which it directly replaces.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air filtered to 40 µm,
lubricated or non-lubricated.
Operating pressure:
3 to 8 bar
Ambient temperature:
+5°C to +40°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
80
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en080
GO ONLINE TO NORGREN.COM
It's never been easier to browse, select and buy your pneumatic
components online, and benefit from user-friendly online tools
and services.
Norgren's unique online toolbox is available for business 24
hours a day, seven days a week.
> > Find products quickly using the online catalogue
> > Instant price and availability check - it only takes seconds
> > Buy online securely using your Norgren trade account
> > Check the status of ALL orders (phone, fax, online)
> > Download 2D and 3D CAD drawings in 15 formats
> > Get the latest Norgren literature, including technical
datasheets
and new product colour brochures
> > Free and easy access to training modules and application
examples
ONLINEADVANTAGE
1
2
3
1. Browse the catalogue
2. Select the product you need
3. Buy securely online
www.norgren.com
Valves
SUPER X
Manually & mechanically actuated spool valve
In-line
3/2, 5/2 & 5/3, GΩ, G∞
Wide range of operators
Suitable for multi-directional
flow and dual supply
applications
High flow capacity
Lightweight corrosion resistant
materials
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
Maximum 10 bar.
Flow:
Size
G1/8
G1/4
l/min
335
965
Mechanical
Port size
Function
Actuation
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
Roller lever (heavy duty) /Spring
Plunger /Spring
Roller /Spring
One-way trip /Spring
Roller lever /Spring
Sensitve roller lever /Spring
Antenna /Spring
Plunger /Spring
Roller /Spring
Roller lever /Spring
Roller lever (heavy duty) /Spring
Plunger /Spring
Roller /Spring
Roller lever /Spring
Sensitive roller lever /Spring
Antenna /Spring
Plunger /Spring
Roller /Spring
Roller lever /Spring
0,21
0,14
0,14
0,21
0,21
0,25
0,21
0,34
0,34
0,41
0,29
0,25
0,25
0,32
0,36
0,30
0,46
0,46
0,53
03 0293 02
03 0400 02
03 0402 02
03 0410 02
03 0411 02
03 0423 02
03 0432 02
03 0600 02
03 0602 02
03 0611 02
X3 0393 02
X3 0440 02
X3 0442 02
X3 0451 02
X3 0463 02
X3 0472 02
X3 0640 02
X3 0642 02
X3 0651 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
–
–
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
–
–
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
Ambient temperature:
0°C to +70°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
82
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en082
Manual
Port size
Function
Actuation
Mid position
Colour
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/3
5/3
Button (palm)/spring
Button (palm)/spring
Button (palm)/spring
Toggle/toggle
Button/spring
Button/spring
Button/spring
Button (shrouded)/spring
Button (shrouded)/spring
Button (shrouded)/spring
Key/key
Rotary knob/rotary knob
Knob/knob or pilot
Knob/knob
Emergency stop/twist ring
Lever/lever
Lever/spring
Pedal/spring
Pedal/pedal
Button/spring
Knob/knob
Knob/knob or pilot
Lever/lever
Lever/spring
Pedal/spring
Toggle/toggle
Button/spring
Button (shrouded)/spring
Key/key
Rotary knob/rotary knob
Knob/knob or pilot
Knob, push/knob, pull
Emergency stop/twist ring
Lever/lever
Lever/spring
Pedal/spring
Pedal/pedal
Button/spring
Knob/knob
Lever/lever
Lever/spring
Pedal/spring
Pedal/pedal
Lever/lever/lever
Lever/spring/lever
Lever/lever/lever
Lever/spring/lever
Lever/lever/lever
Lever/spring/lever
Lever/lever/lever
Lever/spring/lever
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
APB
APB
COE
COE
APB
APB
COE
COE
Red
Green
Black
Black
Black
Green
Red
Black
Green
Red
Chrome
Black
Black
Black
Red
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Chrome
Black
Black
Black
Red
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
0,29
0,29
0,29
0,16
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,36
0,29
0,21
0,17
0,31
0,29
0,28
1,03
1,07
0,35
0,37
0,41
0,49
0,48
1,23
0,27
0,26
0,32
0,47
0,40
0,32
0,28
0,54
0,40
0,40
1,12
1,18
0,47
0,49
0,61
0,60
1,33
1,39
0,44
0,85
0,44
0,85
0,65
1,06
0,65
1,06
03 0366 02
03 0367 02
03 0368 02
03 0403 02
03 0404 02
03 0405 02
03 0406 02
03 0414 02
03 0415 02
03 0416 02
03 0418 02 801
03 0298 02
03 0424 02
03 0425 02
03 0299 02
03 0437 02
03 0438 02
03 0481 02
03 0483 02
03 0604 02
03 0625 02
03 0627 02
03 0637 02
03 0638 02
03 0681 02
X3 0443 02
X3 0444 02
X3 0454 02
X3 0458 02 801
X3 0298 02
X3 0464 02
X3 0465 02
X3 0299 02
X3 0477 02
X3 0478 02
X3 0482 02
X3 0484 02
X3 0644 02
X3 0665 02
X3 0677 02
X3 0678 02
X3 0682 02
X3 0684 02
X3 3437 02
X3 3438 02
X3 3477 02
X3 3478 02
X3 3637 02
X3 3638 02
X3 3677 02
X3 3678 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8473 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8612 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8473 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8408 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
03 8602 02
APB = All Ports Blocked COE = Centre Open Exhaust
83
Valves
VP12
Miniature proportional valve
GΩ
Proven low power technology
Reliable, rugged, open-loop
device
Compact and flexible design
Excellent performance
characteristics
Output pressures up to 8 bar
Control signal
Output pressure (bar)
Model
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 4
0 ... 4
0 ... 8
0 ... 8
VP1204BG401Q00
VP1204BG101Q00
VP1208BG401Q00
VP1208BG101Q00
Electrical information
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Oil free, dry air, filtered to 5 µm
Output pressure:
0 to 1 bar (0 to 15 psi), 0 to 2 bar (0
to 30 psi), 0 to 4 bar (0 to 60 psi), 0
to 6 bar (0 to 90 psi), 0 to 8 bar (0 to
120 psi)
Supply pressure:
Minimum 1,5 bar (22 psi) above
maximum output pressure
(10 bar (150 psi) maximum)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electrical input signal
Electrical power input
Connections
CE marked: conforms to EC requirements
EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995)
4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set
24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W)
3 wire terminal block
Instrument pin configuration
Span pot
1
2
3
+24 V d.c. supply (+ve)
Control signal (+ve)
Common (d.c. supply, signal and feedback return) (-ve)
Ambient temperature:
0°C to +60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
84
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en084
VP50 SERIES
Proportional pressure control valve
G∞
p
Closed loop air pilot operated
proportional pressure control valve
Adjustable for a wide range of
applications
Fast response
Low power consumption
High flow
Control signal
Output pressure (bar)
Model
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 8
0 ... 8
0 ... 6
0 ... 6
0 ... 2
0 ... 2
VP5010BJ111H00
VP5010BJ411H00
VP5008BJ111H00
VP5008BJ411H00
VP5006BJ111H00
VP5006BJ411H00
VP5002BJ111H00
VP5002BJ411H00
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air filtered to 50 µm, nonlubricated
Electrical information
Electromagnetic compatibility
Supply pressure:
14 bar max.
Flow:
Up to 1200 l/min at 11 bar supply
pressure
Electrical input signal
Electrical power input
Output pressure feedback signal
Connections
CE marked: conforms to EC requirements
EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995)
4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set
24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W)
0 ... 10 V full range
M12 5 pin
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
Instrument pin configuration
1
4
5
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
+24 V d.c. supply
0 to 10 full range
Control signal (+ve)
Common (DC supply, signal and feedback return)
Chassis (earth)
ACCESSORIES
Connector with 5 m moulded cable
0250081 0000 00000
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
85
Valves
VP51 SERIES
Programmable proportional pressure control valve
G∞, ∞ NPT
P
A
D
Closed loop air pilot digital
proportional control valve
Fully programmable with on-board
diagnostics
Multi-language menu option
Password protection option at first
level functionality
Instant LED warning functions
Application specific set-up
Pressure output display; no gauge
necessary
High speed response
Control
signal
Output
Model
pressure (bar)
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
VP5110BJ111H00
VP5110BJ411H00
Electrical information
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electrical input signal
Electrical power input
Output pressure feedback signal
Connections
CE marked: conforms to EC
requirements EN 50081-2 (1994) and EN 50082-2 (1995)
4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V factory set
24 V d.c. ±25% (power consumption < 1 W)
0 to 10 V full range or user-configurable switched output
M12 5 pin
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered to 50 µm,
non-lubricated
Instrument pin configuration
1
4
Output pressure:
5
User adjustable up to 10 bar
Supply pressure:
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
+24 V d.c. supply
Monitor output
Control signal (+ve)
Common (d.c. supply, signal and feedback return)
Chassis (earth)
14 bar max
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
ACCESSORIES
Connector with 5 m moulded cable
0250081 0000 00000
86
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en086
HERION 26230 NAMUR SERIES
Indirect solenoid actuated spool valves
6 mm orifice (ND)
3/2, 5/2, 5/3, G∞, G≥
2
3
2 4
12
10
14
4 2
12
14
12
315
513
13
For single and double operated
actuators
Standard manual override with detent
Compact design
High flow rate
Simple design of soft spool seal system
Maintenance-free
Easily interchangeable solenoid system
Exhaust air recirculation
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and
non-lubricated
Port size
1, 3, (5)
2 (4)
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
Flange (Namur)
Flange
Flange
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Function
Actuation
Orifice
(mm)
Operating
pressure (bar)
kv value
(m3/h)*
Model
5/2
5/2
3/2, 5/2
5/2
5/2
5/3 COE
5/3 APB
5/3 COP
5/2
5/2
5/3 COE
5/3 APB
Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
2 x Solenoid
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
12
12
12
12
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
2 ... 8
1 .. 10
1 .. 10
3 .. 10
3 .. 10
3 .. 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
2,5 ... 10
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
0,9
0,9
0,9
3,0
3,0
2,2
2,2
2623077xxxx*****
2623177xxxx*****
2623179xxxx*****
2623000xxxx*****
2623100xxxx*****
2623200xxxx*****
2623300xxxx*****
2623400xxxx*****
2623500xxxx*****
2623600xxxx*****
2623700xxxx*****
2623800xxxx*****
xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below
Port 3 not throttleable
APB= All Ports Blocked, COE = Centre Open Exhaust, COP = Centre Open Pressure.
Operating pressure:
1 to 10 bar
Flow direction:
Voltage codes
Fixed
Voltage
Mounting position:
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
Without coil
Optional, preferably with solenoid on top
Ambient temperature:
-10°C to 50 °C
ACCESSORIES
Substitute
Connectors
02400
02450
23050
00000
For temperatures below 0°C use conditioned dry air. If
installed outdoors protect all connections against the
penetration of moisture
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
0680003 Form B
Electrical connection:
Connector interface to DIN 43650 form B
SOLENOID ACTUATORS
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
1,7
–
–
–
–
IP 65 (with connector)
1,6
3,5
30
–
–
IP 65 (with connector)
Electrical connection
kg
Model
-40 ... +50
DIN EN 175301–803
Form B 4)
0,054
3050
-40 ... +50
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0,090
3036
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
4) Connector not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table
6) Connector not supplied; required connector: part no. 0570275, see ‘Accessories’ table.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
87
Valves
BUSCHJOST 82400 SERIES
Indirect solenoid actuated diaphragm valves
8 to 50 mm orifice (ND)
2/2, NC, G∞ to G2
A
a
b
ab
P
High flow rate
Damped operation
Clear compact design
Solenoid interchangeable without
tools (Click-on®)
Particularly suitable for use as
water valve in accordance with DIN
EN 60730-2-8
TECHNICAL DATA
Orifice
(mm)
Port size
Operating
pressure (bar)
kv value
m3/h
Total weight
(kg)
Type
d.c. or a.c. solenoid
8
10
12
20
25
32
40
50
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1
G 1∞
G 1≥
G2
0,1 ... 16
0,1 ... 16
0,1 ... 16
0,1 ... 16
0,1 ... 16
0,1 ... 10 (16**)
0,1 ... 10 (16**)
0,1 ... 10 (16**)
1,90
3,00
3,80
6,10
9,50
23,00
25,00
41,00
0,47
0,45
0,50
0,65
0,95
2,73
2,53
3,85
8240000xxxx*****
8240100xxxx*****
8240200xxxx*****
8240300xxxx*****
8240400xxxx*****
8240500xxxx*****
8240600xxxx*****
8240700xxxx*****
xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below
Medium:
Neutral gases and liquid fluids
Flow direction:
Fixed
Mounting position:
Optional, preferably with solenoid
upright
Voltage codes
Voltage
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c. 50 Hz
230 V a.c.
Without coil
Substitute
02400
02450
23050
00000
Type-tested up to 25 mm orifice size
in accordance with DIN EN 60730-2-8
Solenoid valves
Test institute
TÜV Rheinland / Brandenburg
Fluid temperature:
-10°C to +90°C max.
Ambient temperature:
+50°C max.
MATERIALS
Body: brass
Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan)
Internal parts: stainless steel, PVDF
For contaminated fluids installation of
an upstream filter is recommended.
SOLENOID ACTUATORS
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(W)
(VA)
Voltage
24 V d.c.
(mA)
230 V a.c.
(mA)
8
333
52
15/12
Category
–
Protection class
Temperatures °C
Fluid*
Ambient**
Electrical
connection
Model
IP 65
+90 max.
DIN EN 175301-803
9101
-25 ... +50
* The maximum temperature depends on the valve type
** The maximum temperature may be higher, depending on the application.
Version as per VDE 0580, duty cycle 100%.
Power consumption with coil temperature of +20°C. With the solenoid coil at operating temperature (d.c.), the power consumption is up to 30% lower for physical reasons
88
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en088
BUSCHJOST 82530 SERIES
Solenoid actuated diaphragm valves with forced lifting
10 mm orifice (ND)
2/2, NC, G∞ to G≥
A
a
ab
b
Suitable for vacuum
Compact solenoid with integrated
core tube
Valve operates without pressure
differential (∂p)
Operating pressure 0 to 20 bar
with a.c. coil and NBR seals
Orifice
(mm)
Port size
Operating
pressure (bar)
10
10
10
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
kv value
m3/h
1,50
1,70
1,70
Total weight
(kg)
Model
0,50
0,50
0,60
8253000xxxx*****
8253100xxxx*****
8253200xxxx*****
xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below
Voltage codes
TECHNICAL DATA
Voltage
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c. 50 Hz
230 V a.c. 50 Hz
Without coil
Medium:
Neutral gases and liquid fluids
Flow direction:
Substitute
02400
02450
23050
00000
Fixed
Mounting position:
Optional, but preferably with solenoid
facing vertically upwards
Fluid temperature:
-10°C to +90°C max.
Ambient temperature:
-10°C to +50°C max.
MATERIALS
Body: brass, PA 66
Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan)
Internal parts: stainless steel
1.4104/430F, 1.4303, PVDF
For contaminated fluids installation of
an upstream filter is recommended.
SOLENOID ACTUATORS
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(W)
(VA)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Category
Protection class
12/12
500
–
IP 65
20/16
70
Temperatures °C
Fluid*
Ambient**
+90 max..
-25 ... +50
Electrical
connection
Model
DIN EN 175301-803
8001
* The maximum temperature depends on the valve type
** The maximum temperature may be higher, depending on the application.
According to VDE 0580, 100% rated
Power consumption calculated with coil at +20°C, for d.c. coils at operating temperature, power consumption is up to 30% lower
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
89
Valves
BUSCHJOST 84500 / 84520 SERIES
Pressure actuated angle seat valves
15 to 50 mm orifice (ND)
2/2, G≥ to G2
A
a
Z
ab
b
P
Interchangeable for NC, NO or
double acting functions
Visual position indicator is
standard
Damped closing (valve closes
against flow direction)
Suitable for contaminated flow
fluids
Suitable for vacuum up to max.
90%
Reversed flow direction optional
High flow rate
Liquid pilot fluids possible
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Orifice
(mm)
Port size
15
20
25
32
40
50
15
20
25
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
G2
G1/2
G3/4
G1
Operating
pressure (bar)
0 ... 16,0 (25)
0 ... 10,0 (16)
0 ... 10,0
0 ... 7,0
0 ... 4,5
0 ... 3,0
0 ... 16,0 (25)
0 ... 10,0 (16)
0 ... 10,0
Pilot pressure (bar)
kv value
(m3/h)
kg
Model
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
3,5 ... 10
4,8
10
14
23
30
37
4,8
10
14
1,4
1,5
1,8
2,4
2,7
3,9
1,4
1,5
1,8
8450200 0000
8450300 0000
8450400 0000
8450500 0000
8450600 0000
8450700 0000
8452200 0000
8452300 0000
8452400 0000
Neutral gases and liquid fluids (84500
Series)
Aggressive gases and liquid fluids
(84520 Series)
Flow direction:
Fixed
Mounting:
Optional
Fluid temperature:
-10°C to +180°C max.
Ambient temperature:
-10°C to +60°C max.
Pilot fluid:
Neutral gases
Pilot fluid temperature:
+60°C max.
MATERIALS
Valve
Body: brass CW602N (84500 Series),
stainless steel (84520 Series)
Seat seal: PTFE
Internal parts: brass, stainless steel
Seal packing: Teflon (PTFE)/Viton (FPM)
Actuator
Body: polyamide 66 with glass fibre
30%
Seals: NBR
Internal parts: brass, stainless steel
90
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en090
HERION 97100 SERIES
Indirect solenoid actuated spool valves
For single and double acting actuators with NAMUR interface
6 mm orifice (ND)
3/2, 5/2, 5/3, NC/APB, G∞
42
14
4 2
42
12
12
14
513
12
14
513
513
3/2 or 5/2 way function via adapter
plates
Exhaust air recirculation
Crossover-free switching, switchover function guaranteed even with
small cross section air supply
Rest position in the event of power
failure (monostable design)
Manual override with detent
Compact design
Simple design of soft seal spool
system
Easily interchangeable solenoid
3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Port size
1
3 (5)
2, 4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/4
G 1/8
G 1/8
G 1/8
Flange
Flange
Flange
Function
Actuation
kv value
m‹/h
kg
Model
NC
NC
APB
Solenoid/Spring
Solenoid/Solenoid
Solenoid/Solenoid
0,75
0,75
0,50
0,25
0,35
0,40
9710000xxxx*****
9711000xxxx*****
9712000xxxx*****
3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves for minimal electrical power
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
2 to 8 bar
Port size
1
3 (5)
2, 4
G 1/4
G 1/4
Flange
Flange
G 1/8
G 1/8
Function
Actuation
kv value
m‹/h
kg
Model
NC
APB
Solenoid/Spring
Solenoid/Solenoid
0,75
0,50
0,25
0,40
9710002xxxx*****
9712002xxxx*****
Flow direction:
xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below
Fixed
APB = All Ports Blocked
Exterior free of non-ferrous metals
Mounting position:
Optional
ACCESSORIES
Voltage codes
Ambient temperature:
Voltage
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
Valve: -25 to +50 °C
Solenoid: See solenoid table
With minus temperatures, use conditioned dry air. If
installed in the open protect all connections against
the penetration of moisture
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Substitute
02400
02450
23050
Electrical connection:
Silencer
Connectors
0014500 (G1/8)*
0570275 Form A
0663303 with rectifier
0680003 Form B
Acc. to DIN 175301-803 form A
* For indoor use
SOLENOID ACTUATORS
3/2, 5/2 & 5/3 valves for minimal electrical power
Electrical connection
kg
Model
-40 ... +50
DIN EN 175301-803
Form B 6)
0,054
3050
IP 65 (with connector) 2)
-40 ... +50
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0,090
3034
IP 65 (with connector)
-40 ... +50
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0,090
3036
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
1,7
–
–
–
–
IP 65 (with connector)
0,7
0,7 2)
–
–
–
1,6
3,5
30
–
–
°C
Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.
2) Valves can be operated with d.c. only. For 230 V a.c. application please use 206 V d.c. coil together with rectifier plug 0663303
6) Connector not supplied; required connector for d.c.: part no. 0680003, see ‘Accessories’ table.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
91
Valves
HERION 24011 SERIES
Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves
5 mm orifice (ND)
3/2, Universal, G∞, ∞ NPT, flange with NAMUR interface
3 2
2
12
1 3
3 1
2
Main application: single operated process
actuators
TÜV-approval based on IEC 61 508, DIN V 19
251. Approvals: DIN EN 161/3394 DVGW,
group Rm and EN 13611
Valves for safety systems to SIL 4 or AK 7
Standard NAMUR type manifold system for
easy assembly
Redundancy: 1 of 2, 2 of 3
Valve switches at power failure into starting
position (mechanical return spring)
Rest position in the event of power failure
provided by mechanical return spring
These solenoids are ATEX approved
Suitable for outdoor use under critical
environment conditions (see solenoid list)
Valves with threaded connection
Solenoid
group
Brass valves
A+B
G 1/4
A+B
G 1/4
A+B
1/4 NPT
Materials
Seat seal
Manual
override
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
0 ... 10
NBR
FKM
NBR
–
–
–
Model
Test certificate
IEC 61 508**
0,65
0,65
0,65
2401103xxxx*****
2401126xxxx*****
2401138xxxx*****
0,65
2401147xxxx*****
¬
¬
Aluminium valves anodized
Solenoid
group
Port size
Operating
pressure (bar)#
Materials
Seat seal
Manual
override
kg
Model
Test certificate
IEC 61 508**
A+B
G 1/4
0 ... 10
NBR
Add-on
0,55
2401109xxxx*****
¬
xxxx Insert solenoid code from tables below. ***** Insert voltage code from table below
** Approval is not included in delivery, part No. 0695241. # Viscosity for gaseous or liquid fluids up to 40 mm2/s
Approval S 137/01, SIL 4 for low demand mode, SIL 3 for high demand mode, Approval S 83/96, AK 7 (request from manufacturer)
Particulary for valves with TÜV approval and installation in plants, based on safety standards DIN V 19250, IEC 61511, taking into
account Maintenance instruction document 7503444.
The responsibility for the maintenance and repair of the solenoid valves lies with the users or the supervisory authority for these process
systems.
ACCESSORIES
Voltage codes
Optional, preferably vertical
kg
Valves with NAMUR interface
Medium:
Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar
Flow: 340 l/min
Flow direction: Optional
Mounting position:
Operating
pressure (bar)#
Stainless steel valves (1.4404/316L) for aggressive environment
A
1/4 NPT
0 ... 10
FKM
–
TECHNICAL DATA
Neutral or aggressive gaseous or liquid fluids
Port size
Fluid temperature:
Voltage
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
-25°C to +80°C NBR
-10°C to +120°C FPM, water up to +95°C
-40°C to +60°C VMQ
Substitute
02400
02450
23050
For temperatures below 0°C use conditioned dry air. If installed
outdoors protect all connections against the penetration of
moisture.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Cable glands
Protection class EEx e, EEx d
(ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass
Connectors
EEx e 0588819
(for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5)
0570275
GROUP A SOLENOIDS
Power consumption
230 V a.c.
24 V d.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c.
(mA)
230 V a.c.
(mA)
16,9
703
–
Power consumption
230 V a.c.
24 V d.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c.
(mA)
230 V a.c.
(mA)
4
–
162
–
–
5,3
–
23
4
–
162
–
–
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical
connection
kg
Model
–
IP00 without plug 5)
IP65 with plug 5)
-25 ... +60
DIN EN175301-803
Form A 6)
0,33
0800 7)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical
connection
kg
Model
II2G
II2D
II2G
II2D
II2G
II2D
EEx me II T4/T6 2)
IP66 T130°C
EEx me II T4/T6 2)
IP66 T130°C
EEx md IIC T4/T6 3)
EEx me IIC T4/T6 3)
IP66 T130°C
-40 ... +80/+55
M20 x 1,5 6)
0,6
4260 8)
-40 ... +80/+55
M20 x 1,5 6)
0,6
4261 8)
-40 ... +80/+55
1/2 NPT 6)
0,8
4660 8)
GROUP B SOLENOIDS
Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.
2) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 98 ATEX 4452 X
6) Connector/cable gland not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table
7) Suitable for outdoor installation only if equipped with a special protection (e.g. cubicle installation)
3) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate PTB 02 ATEX 2085 X
8) This solenoid has a fuse with an appropriate rating.
5) Required connector for d.c. type 0570275. Connector with rectifier for a.c. or universal current: type 0663303
92
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en092
HERION 95000 SERIES
Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves
1,5 to 6 mm orifice (ND)
2/2, NC/NO, G∞
2
2
1
1
Working from 0 bar up
Short switching times
Suited for fine vacuum 1.33·10-3 mbar
Assembled oil and grease-free
For a.c. solenoid systems with
integrated rectifier (40 to 60 Hz)
These solenoids are ATEX and FM,
CSA, XP approved
TECHNICAL DATA
Solenoid
group
Port
size
Function
Orifice
(mm)
Operating
pressure (bar)
kv value
m‹/h
kg
Model
13B
13B
13C
13D
16D
16D
16D
13B
13B
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
1,5
2
3
4
4
6
6
2
3
0 ... 40
0 ... 35
0 ... 10
0 ... 12
0 ... 14
0 ... 5
0 ... 5
0 ... 20
0 ... 10
0,07
0,12
0,20
0,35
350
550
0,55
0,10
0,16
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,21
0,21
9500100xxxx*****
9500200xxxx*****
9500300xxxx*****
9500400xxxx*****
9501400xxxx*****
9501500xxxx*****
9501600xxxx*****
9502210xxxx*****
9502310xxxx*****
xxxx Insert solenoid code from tables on page 95. ***** Insert voltage code from table below
Medium:
Neutral gaseous and liquid fluids
Operating pressure:
0 to 40 bar
Voltage codes
Flow direction:
Voltage
Fixed
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
Mounting position:
Substitute
02400
02450
23050
Optional, preferably with solenoid on
top
Fluid temperature:
-25 to +80°C NBR (Perbunan)
-10 to +120°C FPM (Viton)*
-40 to +140°C EPDM
-50 to +180°C PTFE (Teflon)
-10 to +180°C FFPM (Kalrez)
ACCESSORIES
Cable glands
Protection class EEx e, EEx d
(ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass
Connectors
EEx e 0588819
(for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5)
0570275
* For water +90°C
Ambient temperature:
Depending on solenoid system
-25 to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
For contaminated fluids installation of
an upstream filter is recommended.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
93
Valves
HERION 96000 SERIES
Direct solenoid actuated poppet valves
2 to 5 mm orifice (ND)
3/2, NC/NO, G∞
2
2
1 3
1 3
Working from 0 bar up
Short switching times
Suited for fine vacuum down to
1,33·10-3 mbar
Assembled oil and grease-free
For a.c. solenoid systems with
integrated rectifier (40 to 60 Hz)
These solenoid valves are ATEX and
FM, CSA, XP approved
TECHNICAL DATA
Solenoid
group
Port
size
Function
Orifice
(mm)
Operating
pressure (bar)
kv value
m‹/h
kg
Model
13B
13D
13C
13D
16C
16D
16D
13B
13D
16D
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Universal
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NO
NO
NO
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
2
3
4
0 ... 10
0 ... 18
0 ... 6
0 ... 14
0 ... 8
0 ... 10
0 ... 7
0 ... 9
0 ... 9
0 ... 6
0,12
120
0,20
0,20
0,35
0,35
0,45
0,10
0,16
0,30
0,32
0,52
0,32
0,52
0,52
0,52
0,52
0,50
0,70
0,70
9600210xxxx*****
9600240xxxx*****
9600320xxxx*****
9600340xxxx*****
9601430xxxx*****
9601440xxxx*****
9601540xxxx*****
9602210xxxx*****
9602340xxxx*****
9602440xxxx*****
xxxx Insert solenoid codes from table below. ***** Insert voltage codes from table below
Medium:
Neutral gaseous and liquid fluids
Operating pressure:
0 to 18 bar
Flow direction:
Fixed
Mounting position:
Optional, preferably with solenoid on top
Voltage codes
Voltage
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
110 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
Substitute
02400
02450
11050
23050
Fluid temperature:
-25 to +80 °C NBR (Perbunan)
-10 to +120 °C FPM (Viton)*
-40 to +140 °C EPDM
-10 to +180 °C FFPM (Kalrez)
* For water +90°C
Ambient temperature:
ACCESSORIES
Cable glands
Protection class EEx e, EEx d
(ATEX), Ms nickel plated brass
Connectors
EEx e 0588819
(for solenoid 42xx /46xx M20 x 1,5)
0570275
Depending on solenoid system
-25, -40 to +55, +80, +100°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
For contaminated fluids installation of an
upstream filter is recommended.
94
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en094
SOLENOID ACTUATORS FOR 95000 & 96000 SERIES
SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13B
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical connection
kg
Model
8,0
–
331
–
–
–
40
–
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0246 7)
9,2
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
0,15
–
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
0,16
3206 7)
SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13C
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical connection
kg
Model
12,1
15,0
504
68
–
–
49
–
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0200 7)
11,3
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
0,117
–
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
0,160
3204 7)
8,9
–
369
–
II2G 2)
II2D
EEx me II
T5/T4
IP 66
T 130°C 2)
T5:
-40 ... +55
T4:
-40 ... +65
M20 x 1,5 6)
0,500
4220 8)
SOLENOID ACTUATORS 13D
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical connection
kg
Model
16,9
–
703
–
–
–
75
–
0,320
3703 7)
11,4
–
475
–
II2G
II2D
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
M20 x 1,5 6)
0700 7)
17,3
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
T5:
-40 ... +40
T4:
-40 ... +50
0,270
–
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
EEx me II
T5/T4
IP66
T 130°C 2)
0,500
4230 8)
SOLENOID ACTUATORS 16C
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical connection
kg
Model
6,8
–
284
–
–
–
46
–
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
DIN EN 175301-803
Form A 6)
0827 7)
10,6
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
-25 ... +60
Fluid: max. 80
0,300
–
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
IP 65
(with connector) 5)
0,350
3805 7)
SOLENOID ACTUATORS 16D
Power consumption
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(VA)
(W)
Voltage
24 V d.c. 230 V a.c.
(mA)
(mA)
Protection
category
Protection class
Temperatures
Ambient/fluid
°C
Electrical connection
kg
Model
16,9
703
–
IP00 without plug 5)
IP65 with plug 5)
-25 ... +60
DIN EN175301-803
Form A 6)
0,33
0800 7)
–
–
Standard voltages 24 V d.c., 230 V a.c. Other voltages on request. Design acc. to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.
7) Suitable for outdoor installation only if equipped with a special protection (e.g. cubicle
2) Category II 2 GD, EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 98 ATEX 4452 X
installation)
5) Required connector type 0570275.
8) This solenoid has a fuse with an appropriate rating.
6) Connector/cable gland not supplied, see ‘Accessories’ table
95
Valves
ADDITIONAL RANGES
80200 SERIES
High flow rate
Optionally pilot-operated by external pilot source
High repeatability of switching time
Easily interchangeable solenoid system
Port size
1
2
Orifice
(mm)
Type
Operating
Control
Switching
pressure (bar) pressure (bar)* time (ms)
kg
Model
3
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1
G3/4
15
20
25
15
NC
NC
NC
NC
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
2 ... 10
0,01 ... 6
1,3
1,5
1,5
1,3
80265700800*****
80266700800*****
80267700800*****
80265720800*****
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1/2
–
–
–
4 ... 10
10
10
10
20
***** Insert voltage code from table below. Plugs according to DIN 43650 Form A
* Required pilot pressure ∫ operating pressure, min. 2 bar; with vacuum operating pressure + 1 bar, min. 4 bar.
Voltage codes
Voltage
Code
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
02400
02450
Other voltages on request.
XSz SAFETY VALVES
Inherently fail-safe without residual pressure
Dynamic self monitoring
Double valve control system
For use with pneumatic clutch and brake systems and other 3-way safety functions
Poppet design with feedback signal ports
Fast exhaust capability
Conforms to EN 692, BG, OSHA, SUWA and other approvals
Improves safety and reduces downtime on mechanical power press applications
Quick and easy adjustment of ‘overlap’ on mechanical presses
No additional electrical monitoring required
Easily fitted into existing systems
Type
XSz 10**
XSz 20**
XSz 32
XSz 10**
XSz 50
Voltage
a.c.
d.c/a.c.
d.c./a.c.
d.c.
d.c./a.c.
Port size
P
A
1/2"
1/2"
1"
1/2"
1≥"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1/2"
2"
A1
R
Model
G-thread
(1/2")
(1")
–
(1/2")
–
3/4"
1"
1≥"
3/4"
2"
24929000200*****
24930000800*****
24931300800*****
24929010200*****
24932300800*****
***** Insert voltage codes from table below.
Port sizes in brackets are plugged.
Supplied without plug. If required, select model 0570275
** Valve with integrated silencer available
Voltage codes
Voltage
Code
24 V d.c.
24 V a.c.
110 V a.c.
230 V a.c.
02400
02450
11050
23050
96
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en096
AIR FUSES
In-line excess flow shut-off valves
∞ to 1≥” BSPP
2
1
Assists in complying with safety regulations.
Tamper proof.
Compact and safe design.
Low pressure drop.
Automatically resets after failure correction.
High corrosion resistance.
High air pressure rating.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and
non lubricated inert gases
Operating pressure:
Maximum 16 bar
Minimum according to hose length
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
Port size
BSPP
Drop pressure at
shut off flow (bar)
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
1≥
1≥
0,14
0,3
0,14
0,3
0,14
0,3
0,14
0,3
0,14
0,3
0,14
0,3
Shut off flow rate at 7
bar (dm3/s) ±10%
8,3
14
19,4
32,2
32,2
48,3
48,3
80
92
128
186
268
Flow at 7 bar
∂ P 0,07 bar (dm3/s)
Model
6,5
6,5
13,5
13,5
23,2
23,2
43
43
68
68
145
145
T60C2890
T60C2891
T60C3890
T60C3891
T60C4890
T60C4891
T60C6890
T60C6891
T60C8890
T60C8891
T60CB890
T60CB891
BSPP: according to BS2779 and ISO 228/1.
Flow and pressure test conducted according to ISO 6358 test circuit. Mean measured flow values are provided at standard reference
conditions.
T55 SERIES
Non-return valves
In-line
M5, Ω, ∞, ≤, ≥" BSPP, BSPT
1
2
Permit free flow of air in one direction only
Simple, reliable design
Silicone free
Low cracking pressure
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated and
non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
0,1 to 10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Port size
M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
Flow factor
Cv
Cracking
pressure (bar)
kg
C*
Model
Metric
0,8
2,4
5,5
9,0
15,0
0,19
0,59
1,35
2,20
3,70
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,010
0,015
0,025
0,060
0,080
T55M0500
BSPP
BSPT
T55C1800
T55C2800
T55C3800
T55C4800
T55B2800
T55B3800
T55B4800
*C: measured in dm3/(s.bar)
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
MATERIALS
Body: aluminium
O-ring: nitrile rubber
Valve: POM
Spring: stainless steel
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
97
Valves
T51, T52 AND T53 SERIES
Push-in non-return valves
In-line
Ø 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm O/D tube
T53
Tube/thread
T52
Tube/thread
T51
Tube/tube
Low cracking pressure
Releasable grab ring
technology combining plastic
and brass components for a
compact and superior nonreturn design
Non-PTFE based thread
sealant on tapered threads
Moulded mounting brackets
on tube connector designs
(PIF/PIF plastic valves)
Red release sleeve indicating
metric tube sizes for grab
ring connection
Grey release sleeve
indicating inch tube sizes for
grab ring connection
Reliable and corrosion
resistant
Tube size
Flow factor
C/CV*
Cracking
pressure (bar)
Minimum operating
pressure (bar) **
PIF/PIF Model
Metric
4 mm
5 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
12 mm
0,75/0,18
1,16/0,28
1,9/0,47
3,5/0,86
4,7/1,15
7,5/1,84
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
T51P0004
T51P0005
T51P0006
T51P0008
T51P0010
T51P0012
Port size x tube size
BSPT x metric
Flow factor
C/CV*
Cracking
pressure (bar)
Minimum operating
pressure (bar) **
Model
PIF/Male thread
Male thread/PIF
1/8x4 mm
1/4x5 mm
1/8x6 mm
1/4x6 mm
1/8x8 mm
1/4x8 mm
0,75/0,18
1,4/0,34
1,9/0,47
1,9/0,47
3,5/0,86
3,5/0,86
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,03+0,06
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
T52B1804
T52B2805
T52B1806
T52B2806
T52B1808
T52B2808
–
–
T53B1806
T53B2806
–
T53B2808
* Cv measured in dm3/(s.bar)
** Minimum operating pressure 0,3 bar for T53
TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIALS
Medium:
4, 6, 8 mm O/D
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or
non-lubricated, vacuum
Body: plastic PBT
Valve: plastic PBT
Release sleeve: plastic POM
Natural brass insert
Seal: silicon free nitrile
Spring: stainless steel
Grab ring: stainless steel, BS 1440 Pt 2,
grade 301.S21
T52 and T53 series, nickel plated brass
threads.
Operating pressure:
0,1 to 10 bar (T51, T52)
0,3 to 10 bar (T53)
-0,1 to -1 bar vacuum (T51, T52)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
Mounting:
Tube/tube PIF
Tube PIF/male thread
Male thread/tube PIF
98
5, 10, 12 mm O/D
Collet: nickel plated brass
Body: black anodised aluminium
Valve and insert: aluminium
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en098
T15 SERIES
Push-in flow regulators, uni-directional
In-line
Ø 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 O/D metric tube
2
1
High flow performance
Suitable for panel/wall mounting and
manifold
Adjustment can be locked
Captive regulator needle will not
blow out when unscrewed
Adjusting knob position
Releasable grab ring technology
combining plastic and brass
components for a compact and
superior fitting design
Red release sleeve indicating metric
tube sizes
Reliable and corrosion resistant
Tube size
Max. regulated
flow factor
Flow
factor
Metric
C/Cv**
C/Cv**
Cracking
pressure
(bar)
3 mm
4 mm
5 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
12 mm
0,35/0,09
0,45/0,11
0,8/0,2
1,4/0,34
2,2/0,54
3,9/0,96
5,4/1,32
>0,35/0,09
>0,45/0,11
0,8/0,2
>1,4/0,34
>2,2/0,54
>3,9/0,96
>5,4/1,32
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
Minimum
operating
pressure (bar)
kg
Model
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,013
0,013
0,032
0,028
0,047
0,093
0,143
T15P0003
T15P0004
T15P0005 *
T15P0006
T15P0008
T15P0010
T15P0012 *
Metric
* Available only as collet tube connection.
** C measured in dm3/(s.bar)
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered
Operating pressure:
0,1 to 10 bar maximum
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
Mounting:
In-line. Panel mounted by hexagonal
mounting nut. Wall mounted by
through-holes in regulator body.
Manifold by quick connection
MATERIALS
Ø 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 O/D:
Body: plastic PBT
Release sleeve, nut, knob: plastic POM
Seals: silicone free nitrile seal
External metal parts: nickel plated
brass
Internal parts: brass
Spring: stainless steel
Grab ring: stainless steel, BS 1440 Pt 2,
grade 301.S21
Ø 5, 12 O/D:
Collet: nickel plated brass
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en0
99
Valves
T1000 SERIES
Block form flow regulators
Uni-directional
M5, Ω" to ≥" BSPP
1
2
Compact size/low weight/ in-line units
High flow performance
Suitable for panel and wall mounting
Adjustment can be locked
Captive regulator needle will not blow out
when unscrewed
Adjusting knob position line
TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIALS
Medium:
M5:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated,
inert gases
Body: aluminium
Seals: nitrile
Needle: brass
Operating pressure:
1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2:
1 to 10 bar (0,3 to 10 bar for M5)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
Body: aluminium alloy
Seals: nitrile
Needle & internal parts: brass
External parts: aluminium alloy
Port
size
Max. regulated flow factor
Free flow factor
Model
Cv
C*
Cv
Opening
pressure (bar)
kg
C*
M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
0,28
0,57
1,30
4,80
7,50
0,07
0,14
0,32
1,17
1,84
0,28
1,50
2,80
6,70
8,30
0,07
0,37
0,69
1,64
2,00
0,3
<0,1
<0,1
<0,1
<0,1
0,020
0,031
0,056
0,150
0,180
T1000M0500
T1000C1800
T1000C2800
T1000C3800
T1000C4800
*C: measured in dm3/(s.bar)
T1100 SERIES
Block form flow regulators
Bi-directional
Ω, ∞" BSPP
Compact size/low weight/ in-line
units.
High flow performance.
Suitable for panel and wall mounting.
Two gain flow control.
Adjustment can be locked.
Captive regulator needle will not blow
out when unscrewed.
Adjusting knob position line
TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIALS
Medium:
Body: aluminium alloy
Seals: nitrile
Needle & internal parts: brass
External parts: aluminium alloy
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated or non-lubricated,
inert gases
Cv
Critical
pressure
ratio (b)
Min. operating kg
pressure
(bar)
0,14
0,32
0,2
0,2
0
0
Port size
Function
Max. regulated
flow factor
C*
1/8”
1/4”
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
0,57
1,3
Model
0,031 T1100C1800
0,056 T1100C2800
*C: measured in dm3/(s.bar)
Operating pressure:
0 to 10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
100
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en100
Valves
BLOCKING, PRESSURE REDUCING
& PNEUMATIC SENSOR FITTINGS
4 to 12 mm O/D metric tube
Ω" to ≥" BSPP
12
2
1
1
2
Very compact units
Easy tube insertion for rapid
assembly of pneumatic circuits
Positive tube anchorage
Simpler pneumatic systems
Blocking fitting
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Operating pressure:
Blocking fitting:
Supply pressure 1 to 10 bar
Pilot pressure – see table
Pressure reducing fitting:
Primary pressure 1 to 10 bar max.
Secondary pressure 1 to 8 bar max.
Pneumatic sensor fitting:
Cylinder pressure (Pc) 10 bar max.
Sensor supply pressure 3 to 10 bar
Sensor switch pressure 0,6 bar typ.
O/D Tube
Male BSPP
Pilot pressure (bar)*
Model
4
6
6
8
8
10
12
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
3
3
2,5
102GA0418
102GA0618
102GA0628
102GA0828
102GA0838
102GA1038
102GA1248
*at 6 bar supply
Pressure reducing fitting
O/D Tube
Male BSPP
Model
4
6
8
8
10
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
102GB0418
102GB0628
102GB0828
102GB0838
102GB1038
Pneumatic sensor fitting
Ambient temperature:
O/D Tube
Male BSPP
Model
4
4
1/8
1/4
102GD0418
102GD0428
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
MATERIALS
Nickel plated brass or plastic body.
Nickel plated brass collet.
Plastic sealing washer.
Nitrile and polyurethane elastomeric
parts.
Zinc plated brass banjo bolts.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
101
Valves
M/800 SERIES
Heavy duty flow regulators, uni-directional
In-line
Ω, ∞, ≥, ª, 1"
1
2
Line mounted general
purpose regulators
Captive regulating needle will
not blow out when unscrewed
Calibrated adjusting knob, can
be locked
Suitable for wall mounting
High operating pressure
Port size
1/8
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
Max. regulated flow factor
Flow factor
C**
Cv
C**
Cv
0,7
2
12
18
36
0,17
0,49
2,9
4,4
8,8
2,1
4,3
17
38
45
0,6
1
4,1
9,3
11
kg
Model
BSPP
0,10
0,15
0,60
1,20
3,50
S/836
M/837
M/839
M/840
M/855
.** C measured in dm3/(s.bar)
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated and non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
0,3 to 16 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C (Alternative
models to 150°C)
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C.
MATERIALS
S/836, M/837, M/839
Body, adjusting knob and locking
ring: brass
M/840, M/855
Body, adjusting knob and locking
ring: aluminium
Seals: nitrile rubber.
102
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en102
T20 & 0405 SERIES
Exhaust flow regulator/silencers
M5, Ω" to ≥" BSP
Compact, integral flow
regulator and silencer units
Captive regulating needle will
not blow out when unscrewed
Reduced dimensions
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non-lubricated, inert gases
Operating pressure:
Thread
Size
Max. regulated flow factor
C*
Metric
BSPP
BSPT
BSPP
BSPT
BSPP (female)
BSPP
BSPT
BSPP
BSPT
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4 Silencer only
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
0,3
1,6
1,78
3,2
1,78
–
6,9
8,9
10
8,9
Model
Cv
0,07
0,4
0,44
0,8
0,44
–
1,7
2,2
2,4
2,2
T20M0500
T20C1800
04057100
T20C2800
04057200
04059200
T20C3800
04057300
T20C4800
04057400
*C: measured in dm3/(s.bar)
0 to 10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
MATERIALS
T20:
Body & washer: nylon
Silencer: porous polyethylene
Adjusting screw: high tensile zinc
electroplated steel
0405:
Body & nut: brass
Needle: plastic
Silencer: sintered bronze
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en103
103
Valves
T70, S/511, S/513, S/514 SERIES
Quick exhaust valves
Ω to ≥" BSPP
3
1
2
Enables air to be exhausted
quickly from air reservoirs and
cylinders.
Allows higher cylinder speeds to
be achieved.
Simple, compact design and
construction.
Very reliable in operation.
TECHNICAL DATA
Model
Port size
BSPP
Flow (1 ... 2)**
C*
Cv
Flow (2 ... 3)**
C*
Cv
kg
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/4
G1/2
3,8
7,7
15,5
21,5
5,7
3,9
5,7
7,3
10
22,5
24
44
11
32
0,15
0,13
0,21
0,19
0,31
0,25
0,35
0,9
1,9
3,8
5,3
1,9
0,8
1,9
1,8
2,5
5,5
5,9
10,8
2,7
7,8
T70C1800
T70C2800
T70C3800
T70C4800
S/511
S/513
S/514
* C = dm3/(s.bar) ** Flow factor measured at 6 bar inlet pressure
Medium:
Compressed air, filtered, lubricated
and non-lubricated
Operating pressure:
0,5 to 10 bar (T70)
0,7 to 10 bar (S/511)
0,7 to 7 bar (S/513, S/514)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
MATERIALS
Body & cover: zinc alloy (T70*1800
& T70*2800, S/513),
aluminium alloy (T70*3800 &
T70*4800, S/511, S/514)
Seals: nitrile (T70), polyurethane
(S/51*)
O-ring: nitrile
Element: porous plastic (S/513,
S/514)
104
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en104
ADDITIONAL RANGES
SLEEVE VALVES
Port size
Model
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
M/7218
M/7228
M/7238
M/7248
Sliding sleeve operation
Very compact in-line units
Easy to install
Very simple and reliable operation
3/2 function
SHUTTLE VALVES
Port size
Model
G1/8
G1/4
T65C1800
T65C2800
Allow two independent signal sources to be
connected to a common pilot line
Can be used to perform an 'OR' logic function
Can be combined to operate from three or more
sources
Valves can be ganged together
S/520 HEAVY DUTY NON-RETURN VALVES
Port size BSPP
Model
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
S/520
S/521
S/532
S/522
Allows free flow in one direction
only
Simple reliable design
High operating pressure and
temperature
Spares kit available
T50 PIF NON-RETURN VALVES
O/D tube
Model
4
6
8
10
12
T50P0004
T50P0006
T50P0008
T50P0010
T50P0012
Allow free flow in one direction
only.
Simple reliable design.
Low weight.
Low cracking pressure.
High operating pressure.
PRECISION FLOW REGULATORS
Port size
Type
Model
G1/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/2
Heavy duty, panel mount
Heavy duty
Precision for time delay circuits
Precision for time delay circuits
Heavy duty, panel mount
Heavy duty, panel mount
S/636
S/839
M/650 *
M/677 *
M/637
M/639
Line mounted general purpose regulators
Captive regulating needle will not blow
out when unscrewed
Calibrated adjusting knob, can be locked
Brass body
*The M/650 features an exhaust and when a time delay has been achieved,
removal of the supply to the inlet releases the non-return valve enabling the
pressure in a reservoir to be discharged quickly to atmosphere, thus removing
the signal. The M/677 is similar except that reverse flow is allowed to pass
back through the regulator instead of being discharged to atmosphere.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en105
105
Pressure switches
18 D SERIES
Pneumatic pressure switches
0,2 to 30 bar
2
2
3
4
p
p
1
1
DIN 43650
M12x1
Gold-plated contacts
High cycle life
Vibration resistant to 15 g
Microswitch approved by UL and
CSA
Intrinsically safe operation
Direct interface to Excelon air line
units
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Neutral, gaseous and liquid fluids
Operation:
Electrical connection DIN 43650*
Port size
Type
Pressure range
(bar)
Switching pressure
difference (bar)**
Model
G1/4
–
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
–
G1/4
G1/4
–
G1/4
1/4 NPT
Female
Flange
Female
Female
Female
Female
Flange
Female
Female
Flange
Female
Female
0,2 ... 2
0,2 ... 2
-1 ... 0
0,2 ... 2
0,5 ... 8
0,5 ... 8
0,5 ... 8
1 ... 16
1 ... 16
1 ... 16
1 ... 30
1 ... 30
0,15 ... 0,27
0,15 ... 0,27
0,15 ... 0,18
0,15 ... 0,27
0,25 ... 0,65
0,25 ... 0,65
0,25 ... 0,65
0,30 ... 0,90
0,30 ... 0,90
0,30 ... 0,90
1,0 ... 5,00
1,0 ... 5,00
0880226 #
0881200
0880100
0880200
0880300
0880326 #
0881300
0880400
0880426 #
0881400
0880600
0880620
* Standard plug supplied (except where marked #) ** Typical values # Free of substances that may affect paint spray applications
Diaphragm
Electrical connection M12 x 1*
Mounting position:
Optional
Operating pressure:
0,2 to 30 bar
Over pressure:
Port size
Type
Pressure range
(bar)
Switching pressure
difference (bar)**
Model
G1/4
G1/4
Female
Female
0,5 ... 8
1 ... 16
0,25 ... 0,65
0,30 ... 0,90
0880360 #
0880460 #
* Max. voltage 30 V, plug M12 x 1 not supplied, if required see table ** Typical values # Free of substances that may affect paint spray applications
80 bar max.
Ambient temperature:
-10°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
PORTING BLOCKS
ACCESSORIES
Adaptor for use with Excelon 72, 73, 74 air
preparation systems
Series
Model
Excelon 72
Excelon 73 & 74
0523109
0523110
Snubber
Model
Description
0574773
0523055
0523057
0523052
0523056
0523058
0523053
Straight, without cable
Straight, 2 m cable, 4-core
Straight, 5 m cable, 4-core
90°, without cable
90° 2 m cable, 4-core
90° 5 m cable, 4-core
Load level
Type of
current
Type of load
Umin
[V]
Maximum permanent current Imax [A] at U [V] Contact life
30
48
60
125
250
Standard *
(e.g. contractors,
solenoids)
a.c.
Resistive load
12
5
5
5
5
5
a.c.
Inductive load,
cos Ÿ 0,7
Resistive load
Inductive load,
L/R Ÿ 10 ms
Resistive load
12
3
3
3
3
3
12
12
5
3
1,2
0,5
0,8
0,35
0,4
0,05
–
–
5#
0,34
0,2
0,17
0,08
0,04
5#
0,1
0,01
–
–
–
d.c.
d.c.
Low **
(e.g. electronic
circuits)
106
a.c.
d.c.
Inductive load,
L/R Ÿ 10 ms
Plugs, M12 x 1
Switching
cycles
>107
Switching
cycles
>107
Reference number of switchings: 30/min,
reference temperature: +30°C.
Spark quenching with diode with d.c. and
inductive load: Imax = 1,5 x Imax of table
Imin = 1 [mA]
Creepage and air paths correspond to
insulation group B according to VDE reg. 0110
(except contact clearance of microswitch).
* Gold-plating not required as it would decay.
Maximum permitted in-rush current
(approximately 30 ms) a.c. make = max. 15A.
**Gold-plating required (will not decay).
# Lower value of critical voltage guarantees
sufficient contact safety. Lower voltages
permissible under favourable conditions.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en106
33 D SERIES
Electronic pressure switches (pneumatic/allfluid)
-1 to 630 bar
Display of system pressure and unit
(pressure unit programmable)
Compact and robust design
Easy programming of set points and
additional functions
Transistor output signals 1 x PNP/2 x
PNP/1 x PNP + 4 to 20 mA
Electronic lock
Switching status indicated by LED
Standard M12x1 electrical connection (IP
65)
For pneumatic, all fluid and hydraulic
applications
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Filtered compressed air, lubricated or
unlubricated, neutral gases
Display:
LCD 4 digits illuminated, pressure unit
programmable for bar, psi, mpa
Mounting position:
Optional
Operating pressure:
-1 to 16 bar (pneumatic)
0 to 630 bar (hydraulic/allfluid)
Electrical connection M12 x 1 (standard pneumatic models)*
Port size
Measuring range (bar)
(Relative pressure)
Value max. (bar)
(Over pressure)
Output signal
Model
G1/4
Flange
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
Flange
G1/4
Flange
G1/4
Flange
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
-1 ... 1
-1 ... 1
-1 ... 1
-1 ... 1
0 .. 10
0 ... 16
0 ... 16
0 ... 16
0 ... 16
0 ... 16
0 ... 16
0 ... 40
0 ... 100
0 .. 160
0 .. 250
0 .. 250
0 .. 400
10
10
10
10
40
30
30
30
30
30
30
100
200
300
500
500
750
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
2 x PNP
1 x PNP / 4...20 mA
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
2 x PNP
2 x PNP
1 x PNP / 4...20 mA
1 x PNP / 4...20 mA
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
1 x PNP
2 x PNP
1 x PNP
0863012
0863016
0863022
0863042
0863112
0863212
0863216
0863222
0863226
0863242
0863246
0863312
0863412
0863512
0863612
0863622
0863712
* M12 x 1 connector not included. Please see table below
Electrical connection M12 x 1
Pin
Signal
Cable
1
2
3
4
5
Supply voltage
Out 2 (PNP) / analog 4 ... 20 mA
0V
Out 1 (PNP)
Free
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Grey
3
2
4
1
5
Ambient temperature:
PORTING BLOCKS
ACCESSORIES
-10°C to 60°C
Adaptor for use with Excelon
72, 73, 74 air preparation
systems
Plugs, M12 x 1
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C.
Series
Model
Excelon 72
Excelon 73 & 74
0523109
0523110
Electrical parameters
Electrical connection:
Power supply:
Permissible residual ripple:
Current consumption:
Description
Straight, without cable
Straight, 2 m cable, 4-core
Straight, 5 m cable, 4-core
90°, without cable
90° 2 m cable, 4-core
90° 5 m cable, 4-core
Switching output
M12 x 1
10 ... 32 V d.c. (polarity safe) digital models
15 ... 32 V d.c. (polarity safe) analogue models
10% (within 12 to 32 V)
<50 mA (plus load current)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference emission
Interference immunity
Model
0523055
0523057
0523052
0523056
0523058
0523053
Conforming to EN 50081. Part 1
Conforming to EN 50082. Part 2
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en107
Switching mode:
Output voltage:
Analog output:
Contact rating:
Switching time:
Damping:
Signal delay:
Service life:
Switching logic:
Operating mode:
Potential-bound open collector switching to UB, suitable for inductive load
Supply voltage -1,5 V
4 ... 20mA
Imax = 500 mA (short-circuit proof)
< 10 ms
5 ms ... 0,64 sec
On/off 0 ... 20 sec
min. 100 million switching cycles
n.o. / n.c. programmable
Standard, hysteresis and window mode. Separately selectable for each output
107
Air line equipment
Olympian Plus
plug-in system
Filter/regulators and
lubricators
BL64, BL68
General purpose filters
F64G, F68G
G∞ ... G1≥
G≥ ... G1
‘Puraire’® high efficiency
oil removal filters
F64C/H, F68C/H
G∞ ... G1
‘Ultraire’® high efficiency
oil/oil vapour
removal filters
F64B/L, FFV68
G∞ ... G1
Excelon modular
system
Page 110
Page 111
Page 112
Page 113
Breathing air sets
FFB64
Filter/regulators
B64G, B68G
Pressure regulators
R64G, R68G
Lubricators
L64, L68
G∞ ... G≤
G∞ ... G1≥
G∞ ... G1≥
G∞ ... G1≥
Page 114
Page 115
Page 116
Page 117
Pressure relief valves
V64H, V68H
Soft start/dump valves
P64F
G∞ ... G1
G∞ ... Gª
Page 118
Page 119
Filter/regulators and
lubricators
BL72, BL73, BL74
General purpose filters
F72G, F73G, F74G
‘Puraire’® oil removal
filters
F72C, F73C,
F74C, F74H
‘Ultraire®’ oil vapour
removal filters
F72V, F74V
G∞ ... Gª
G∞ ... G≥
G∞ ... Gª
G∞ ... Gª
Page 120
Page 121
Page 122
Page 123
Filter/regulators
B72G, B73G, B74G
Pressure regulators
R72G, R73G, R74G
Lubricators
L72, L73, L74
Pressure relief valves
V72G, V74G
G∞ ... Gª
G∞ ... Gª
G∞ ... Gª
G∞ ... Gª
Page 124
Page 125
Page 126
Page 127
Soft start/dump valves
P72F, P74F
Membrane driers
W07M, W72M, W74M
G∞ ... Gª
G∞, G≥
Solenoid operated control
valves
P72C, P74C
G∞ ... G≤
Page 128
108
Page 129
Page 130
Direct ported
units
Filter/regulators and
lubricators
P1H
Ported general purpose
filters
F07
GΩ, G∞
GΩ ... G∞
Page 131
Page 132
Page 133
Page 134
Ported lubricators
L07
Ported pressure relief
valves - Diaphragm type
V07
General purpose stainless
steel regulators
R05, B05
GΩ ... G∞"
∞" NPTF
Ported stainless steel
equipment
Filters, pressure
regulators,
lubricators
F22, R22, L22
GΩ ... G∞
Ported filter/regulators
B07
GΩ, G∞
Ported pressure
regulators
R07
GΩ ... G∞
≥" NPTF
Page 135
Page 136
Drip leg drain
17-816
Precision pressure
regulator
11-818
G≥
Page 137
Page 138
G∞
Page 139
Page 139
109
Air line equipment
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Boxed sets
Filter/regulators and lubricators
G≥ & G1
Boxed sets
Complete air processing units
pre-assembled, ready to
install
Boxed sets include:
filter/regulator and micro-fog
lubricator complete with
exhausting shut-off valve,
pressure gauge and mounting
brackets
Port
size
Pressure range
(bar)*
kg
Model
Auto
Manual
G1/2
G1
0,3 ... 10
0,4 ... 8
4,15
5,99
BL64-401
BL68-801
BL64-421
BL68-821
* Can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure and generally to pressures in excess of those specified.
For service kit numbers refer to individual units.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
3/2 Shut-off valve
Tamper
resistant kit
Quick fill
nipple
BL64-401
BL68-801
G≥
G1
–
¬
¬
–
¬
¬
¬
¬
4355-50
4355-50
18-011-024
18-011-021
¬ Included
110
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en110
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
General purpose filters
F64G, F68G
G∞ to G1≥
F64G
Effective liquid removal and
positive solid filtration
Large filter element area for
minimum pressure drop
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Ambient temperature:
Port
size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
Flow
(dm3/s)*
33
66
75
75
160
190
200
200
F68G
kg
1,42
1,42
1,32
1,72
2,45
2,33
2,43
2,30
Model
Auto
F64G-2GN-AD3
F64G-3GN-AD3
F64G-4GN-AD3
F64G-6GN-AD3
F68G-6GN-AR3
F68G-8GN-AR3
F68G-AGN-AR3
F68G-BGN-AR3
Manual
Service kit
Auto
Manual
F64G-2GN-MD3
F64G-3GN-MD3
F64G-4GN-MD3
F64G-6GN-MD3
F68G-6GN-MR3
F68G-8GN-MR3
F68G-AGN-MR3
F68G-BGN-MR3
F64G-KITA40
F64G-KITA40
F64G-KITA40
F64G-KITA40
F68G-KITA40
F68G-KITA40
F68G-KITA40
F68G-KITA40
F64G-KITM40
F64G-KITM40
F64G-KITM40
F64G-KITM40
F68G-KITM40
F68G-KITM40
F68G-KITM40
F68G-KITM40
* Typical flow with a 40 µm element at 6,3 bar inlet pressure and a 0,5 bar pressure drop.
For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64G-NNN-AD3 (F64).
For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F68G-NNN-AR3 (F68).
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
F64G
F68G
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Port size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
–
–
–
–
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-978
–
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
–
–
–
–
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
T68H-AGB-B2N
T68H-BGB-B2N
111
Air line equipment
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
‘Puraire’® high efficiency oil removal filters
F64C/H, F68C/H
G∞ to G1
F64H
High efficiency coalescing filters
Coalescing element removes submicron particles and converts oil
and water mist to liquid form to
drain away
Service indicator standard
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
F68C
Port
size
Flow
(dm3/s)
kg
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
16
28
28
35
28
35
60
1,48
1,70
1,67
2,38
2,01
2,72
2,66
Model
Auto
F64C-2GD-AD0
F64H-3GD-AD0
F64H-4GD-AD0
F68C-4GD-AR0
F64H-6GD-AD0
F68H-6GD-AU0
F68H-8GD-AU0
Service kit
F64C-KITA0C
F64H-KITA0C
F64H-KITA0C
F68C-KITA0C
F64H-KITA0C
F68H-KITA0C
F68H-KITA0C
Models listed include ISO G threads, automatic drain and metal bowl.
For replacement filter (without yoke or pre-filter) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64H-NND-AD0.
For replacement filter (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F68H-NND-AU0.
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +65°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
F64C/F64H
F68C/F68H
112
Port size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1/2
G3/4
G1
Bracket kit
–
–
–
–
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-979
Bracket kit
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
–
–
–
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-4GB-B2N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en112
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
‘Ultraire’® high efficiency oil/oil vapour removal filters
F64B/L, FFV68
G∞ to G1
F64B/L
F64B/F64L are ‘dual function’
products incorporating an oil
removal element (bottom) and an
oil vapour removal element (top)
FFV68 are two separate coupled
filters (F68C/H and F68V/Y)
Ultra high efficiency coalescing
filters with active carbon pack
Carbon pack assists in the removal
of hydro-carbon gases and odours
High intensity blue colour change
indication (64 Series)
Standard options include manual
drains
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
FFV68
Port
size
Flow
(dm3/s)
kg
Model
Auto
Service kit
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G1
7
11
11
25
35
60
1,83
2,21
2,50
4,44
5,05
5,05
F64B-2GN-AR0
F64L-3GN-AR0
F64L-4GN-AR0
FFV68-408
FFV68-608
FFV68-808
F64B-KITA0V
F64L-KITA0V
F64L-KITA0V
F68C-KITA0C, F68V-KIT00V
F68H-KITA0C, F68Y-KIT00Y
F68H-KITA0C, F68Y-KIT00Y
Models listed include ISO G threads, automatic drain and metal bowl.
To order a basic unit without yoke substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: F64L-NNN-AR0.
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
F64B/F64L
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1/2
G3/4
G1
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +65°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
FFV68
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-979
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-4GB-B2N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
113
Air line equipment
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Breathing air sets
FFB64
G∞ to G≤
Pre-assembled combinations
include a general purpose prefilter and ‘Ultraire®’ oil/oil vapour
removal filter
Activated carbon pack assists in
the removal of hydro-carbon gases
and odours
Port
size
No. of
masks
Primary
pre-filter (µm)
G1/4
G3/8
1
2
5
5
Flow
(dm3/s)
16
28
kg
3,20
3,57
Model
Auto
FFB64-208
FFB64-308
For service kit numbers refer to individual units.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
ACCESSORIES
Port size
Bracket kit
1/4
3/8
74504-50
74504-50
3/2 Shut-off valve
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +65°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
114
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en114
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Filter/regulators
B64G, B68G
G∞ to G1≥
B64G
High efficiency water removal
Good regulation characteristics
Non-rising adjusting knob has
snap-action lock
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
Port
size
Flow
(dm3/s)
Range
(bar)
kg
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
30
76
106
106
240
240
240
240
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
1,71
1,69
1,66
2,02
3,29
3,29
3,35
3,35
B68G
Model
Auto
Manual
Service kit
Auto
Manual
B64G-2GK-AD3-RMN
B64G-3GK-AD3-RMN
B64G-4GK-AD3-RMN
B64G-6GK-AD3-RMN
B68G-6GK-AR3-RLN
B68G-8GK-AR3-RLN
B68G-AGK-AR3-RLN
B68G-BGK-AR3-RLN
B64G-2GK-MD3-RMN
B64G-3GK-MD3-RMN
B64G-4GK-MD3-RMN
B64G-6GK-MD3-RMN
B68G-6GK-MR3-RLN
B68G-8GK-MR3-RLN
B68G-AGK-MR3-RLN
B68G-BGK-MR3-RLN
B64G-KITA40R
B64G-KITA40R
B64G-KITA40R
B64G-KITA40R
B68G-KITA40R
B68G-KITA40R
B68G-KITA40R
B68G-KITA40R
B64G-KITM40R
B64G-KITM40R
B64G-KITM40R
B64G-KITM40R
B68G-KITM40R
B68G-KITM40R
B68G-KITM40R
B68G-KITM40R
For replacement filter/regulator (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th letters respectively eg: B68G-NNK-AR3-RLN.
17 bar
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
B64G
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
B68G
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-978
–
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
Tamper resistant kit
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
T68H-AGB-B2N
T68H-BGB-B2N
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
115
Air line equipment
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Pressure regulators
R64G, R68G
G∞ to G1≥
R64G
Diaphragm and balanced
valve design ensure good
regulation characteristics
Non-rising adjusting knob has
snap-action lock
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
R68G
Port
size
Flow
(dm3/s)
Range
(bar)
kg
Model
Auto
Service kit
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
35
80
120
120
150
180
180
180
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
0,4 ... 8
1,54
1,52
1,49
1,85
1,95
1,89
1,93
1,97
R64G-2GK-RMN
R64G-3GK-RMN
R64G-4GK-RMN
R64G-6GK-RMN
R68G-6GK-RLN
R68G-8GK-RLN
R68G-AGK-RLN
R68G-BGK-RLN
R64G-KITR
R64G-KITR
R64G-KITR
R64G-KITR
R68G-KITR
R68G-KITR
R68G-KITR
R68G-KITR
For replacement regulator (without yoke) substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th digits eg: R64G-NNK-RMN.
17 bar (R64G)
20 bar (R68G)
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-20˚C to +80˚C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
Tamper resistant kit
R64G
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
–
–
–
–
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-978
–
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
–
–
–
–
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
T68H-AGB-B2N
T68H-BGB-B2N
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
4355-50
R68G
116
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en116
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Lubricators
L64, L68
G∞ to G1≥
L64M
Micro-fog plug-in lubricators
for most general purpose
pneumatic applications
Oil-fog option for heavy duty
lubrication
Includes high capacity metal
reservoirs
TECHNICAL DATA
L68M
Micro-fog lubricators
Port size
Flow (dm3/s)
Bowl capacity (litre)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
25
62
72
72
200
200
200
200
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
1,42
1,40
1,37
1,73
2,10
2,04
2,08
2,12
L64M-2GP-EDN
L64M-3GP-EDN
L64M-4GP-EDN
L64M-6GP-EDN
L68M-6GP-ERN
L68M-8GP-ERN
L68M-AGP-ERN
L68M-BGP-ERN
L64M-KIT
L64M-KIT
L64M-KIT
L64M-KIT
L68M-KIT
L68M-KIT
L68M-KIT
L68M-KIT
Medium:
To order a basic unit without yoke substitute ‘N’ at the 5th and 6th letters respectively e.g. L64M-NNP-EDN.
Compressed air only
Models listed are Micro-fog. For Oil-fog models, including kits, replace ‘M’ at the 4th digit by ‘C’ e.g. L64C-4GP-EDN
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Start point:
L64 1,5 dm3/s
L68 6 dm3/s
Minimum flow required for lubricator operation
at 6,3 bar inlet pressure
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
Bracket kit
Bracket kit
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
–
–
–
–
18-001-979
18-001-979
18-001-978
–
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
–
–
–
–
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
T68H-AGB-B2N
T68H-BGB-B2N
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
L64
L68
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
117
Air line equipment
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Pressure relief valves
V64H, V68H
G∞ to G1
V68H
V64H
Olympian relief valves protect
compressed air systems from
over-pressurisation
High relief capacity, sensitive
and accurate
Threaded relief port for
silencer or piped exhaust.
Port size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
kg
1,68
1,66
1,63
1,99
2,21
2,20
Model
V64H-2GD-RMN
V64H-3GD-RMN
V64H-4GD-RMN
V64H-6GD-RMN
V68H-6GD-RMN
V68H-8GD-RMN
Service kit
V64H-KIT
V64H-KIT
V64H-KIT
V64H-KIT
V68H-KIT
V68H-KIT
Norgren pressure relief valves comply with
category O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Relief port:
G1/2 (V64H), G1 (V68H)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
V64H
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
V68H
118
Bracket kit
–
–
–
–
18-001-979
18-001-979
Bracket kit
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
–
–
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
Silencer
3/2 Shut-off valve
Threaded exhaust port
MB004B
MB004B
MB004B
MB004B
MB008B
MB008B
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
T68H-6GB-B2N
T68H-8GB-B2N
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en118
OLYMPIAN PLUS PLUG-IN SYSTEM
Soft start/dump valves
P64F
G∞ to Gª
Solenoid pilot operated
P64F
Air pilot operated
Assists machine designers in
complying with the European
Machineries Directive
Can help existing machinery to
comply with PUWER (Provision
and Use of Work Equipment
Regulations)
Controlled increase of
downstream pressure on start up
Solenoid, air pilot or manual
operator.
High forward flow capacity
High flow dump facility
Port size
Solenoid operated model
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
P64F-2GC-PFN
P64F-3GC-PFN
P64F-4GC-PFN
P64F-6GC-PFN
kg
2,07
2,05
2,02
2,38
Air pilot operated model
kg
P64F-2GA-NNN
–
–
–
1,96
* Models without connector. To order models with connector plug replace ‘N’ at 10th digit by ‘A’ e.g. P64F-2GC-PFA
ACCESSORIES
Port
size
Bracket kit
3/2 Shut-off valve
Exhaust port
silencer
Connector plug with cable gland **
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
74504-50
T64T-2GB-P1N
T64T-3GB-P1N
T64T-4GB-P1N
T64T-6GB-P1N
MB004B
MB004B
MB004B
MB004B
M/P24121/1*
M/P24121/2
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum operating pressure:
For solenoid operated versions: 10
bar
For pilot operated versions: 17 bar
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
10 ... 50 V a.c./d.c.
70 ... 110 V a.c.
* Reduced light intensity at 12 V.
** For other solenoid plugs refer to page 72
Minimum operating pressure:
3 bar
Ambient temperature:
Solenoid operated versions: +5°C to
+50°C
Pilot operated versions: -20°C to
+80°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Air pilot port:
Rc1/4
Exhaust port:
G1/2
Maximum flow:
57dm‹/s
Note: Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and
pressure drop of 0,5 bar
Snap pressure:
Full flow when downstream
pressure reaches 50-80% of inlet
pressure.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
119
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Boxed sets
Filter/regulators and lubricators
G∞ to G≥
BL73
BL74
BL72
Boxed sets include: filter/regulator
and micro-fog lubricator complete
with exhausting shut-off valve,
pressure gauge and mounting
brackets
High efficiency water and particle
removal
Quick release bayonet bowls
Push to lock adjusting knob with
tamper resistant option
All round (360°) visibility of
lubricator sight feed dome for ease
of drip rate setting
Micro-fog lubricator for most
general purpose pneumatic
applications
Boxed sets
Port
size
Element
(µm)
Bowl
Pressure
range (bar)
kg
Operation
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
40
40
40
Transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
0,3 ... 10
1,65
2,26
3,55
Relieving
Relieving
Relieving
Model
Auto
BL72-201GA
BL73-301G
BL74-401G
Manual
BL72-221G
BL73-321G
BL74-421G
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
BL72
BL73
BL74
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
Tamper resistant
cover and seal wire
3/2 Shut-off valve
4255-51
4455-51
4355-51
T72T-2GA-P1N
T73T-3GA-P1N
T74T-4GA-P1N
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
18-013-989
18-013-013
18-013-013
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
120
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en120
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
General purpose filters
F72G, F73G, F74G
G∞ to Gª
F72G
Excelon design allows in-line
installation or modular
installation with other Excelon
products
Quick release bayonet bowl
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Port
size
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
F74G
F73G
Flow
(dm3/s)
30
29
30
35
66
38
83
83
kg
0,45
0,50
0,45
0,50
1,42
0,50
0,81
0,79
Model
Auto
F72G-2GN-AL3
F73G-2GN-AT3
F72G-3GN-AL3
F73G-3GN-AT3
F74G-3GN-AP3*
F73G-4GN-AT3
F74G-4GN-AP3*
F74G-6GN-AP3*
Manual
Service kit
Auto
Manual
F72G-2GN-QT3
F73G-2GN-QT3
F72G-3GN-QT3
F73G-3GN-QT3
F74G-3GN-QP3*
F73G-4GN-QT3
F74G-4GN-QP3*
F74G-6GN-QP3*
F72G-KITA40
F73G-KITA40
F72G-KITA40
F73G-KITA40
F74G-KITA40
F73G-KITA40
F74G-KITA40
F74G-KITA40
F72G-KITM40
F73G-KITM40
F72G-KITM40
F73G-KITM40
F74G-KITM40
F73G-KITM40
F74G-KITM40
F74G-KITM40
* Transparent with guard
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +50°C
ACCESSORIES
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Series
F72G
F73G
F74G
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Port size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
Quikclamp
4224-50
4224-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4324-50
4324-50
4324-50
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
121
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
‘Puraire’® oil removal filters
F72C, F73C, F74C, F74H
G∞ to Gª
F72C
Excelon design allows in-line
installation or modular
installation with other Excelon
products
High efficiency oil and particle
removal.
Quick release bayonet bowl
Service indicator standard
Note: Install with 5 µm pre-filter
upstream.
Port
size
Flow
(dm3/s)
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
4,5
10,0
4,5
10,0
16,0
10,0
16,0
28,0
28,0
kg
0,40
0,54
0,40
0,54
0,85
0,54
0,83
1,11
1,10
Bowl
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
Guarded transparent
Guarded transparent
F74H
Model
Auto
F72C-2GD-ALO
F73C-2GD-ATO
F72C-3GD-ALO
F73C-3GD-ATO
F74C-3GD-APO
F73C-4GD-AT0
F74C-4GD-APO
F74H-4GD-APO
F74H-6GD-APO
Service kit
Manual
F72C-2GD-QT0
F73C-2GD-QT0
F72C-3GD-QT0
F73C-3GD-QT0
F74C-3GD-QP0
F73C-4GD-QT0
F74C-4GD-QP0
F74H-4GD-QP0
F74H-6GD-QP0
F72C-KITA0C
F73C-KITA0C
F72C-KITA0C
F73C-KITA0C
F74C-KITA0C
F73C-KITA0C
F74C-KITA0C
F74H-KITA0C
F74H-KITA0C
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar transparent bowl or guarded
8 bar transparent bowl F72C with
auto drain
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
F72C
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
Quikclamp
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
Remaining oil content:
0,01 mg/m‹ at +21°C
Particle removal:
0,01 µm
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +50°C
F73C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
F74C, F74H
122
4224-50
4224-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4324-50
4324-50
4324-50
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en122
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
‘Ultraire®’ oil vapour removal filters
F72V, F74V
G∞ to Gª
F74V
F72V
Excelon design allows in-line or
modular installation with other
Excelon products
Adsorbing type activated carbon
element removes oil vapours and
most hydrocarbon odours
Quick release bayonet bowl
High intensity blue colour change
indication (F72V)
Port size
Flow (dm‹/s)
Bowl
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
1,6
1,6
13
13
13
Transparent
Transparent
Metal
Metal
Metal
0,52
0,52
1,15
1,14
1,12
F72V-2GN-ETC
F72V-3GN-ETC
F74V-3GN-EMA
F74V-4GN-EMA
F74V-6GN-EMA
F72V-KITA0V
F72V-KITA0V
F74V-KITA0V
F74V-KITA0V
F74V-KITA0V
ACCESSORIES
TECHNICAL DATA
Series
Port size
F72V
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
Quikclamp
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar (F72V)
17 bar (F74V)
Remaining oil content:
0,003 mg/m‹ max. at +20°C.
Ambient temperature:
Transparent bowl: -34°C to +50°C
(F72V)
Metal bowl: -34°C to +65°C (F74V)
F74V
4224-50
4224-50
4324-50
4324-50
4324-50
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
123
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Filter/regulators
B72G, B73G, B74G
G∞ to Gª
B72G
B73G
B74G
Excelon design allows in-line
installation or modular installation
with other Excelon products
High efficiency water and particle
removal
Quick release bayonet bowl
Push to lock adjusting knob with
tamper resistant accessory
TECHNICAL DATA
Port
size
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
Flow
(dm3/s)
38
49
38
50
77
50
100
100
Bowls
kg
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
Guarded transparent
0,56
0,7
0,56
0,7
1,25
0,7
1,25
1,30
Model
Auto
B72G-2GK-AL3-RMN
B73G-2GK-AT3-RMN
B72G-3GK-AL3-RMN
B73G-3GK-AT3-RMN
B74G-3GK-AP3-RMN
B73G-4GK-AT3-RMN
B74G-4GK-AP3-RMN
B74G-6GK-AP3-RMN
Manual
B72G-2GK-QT3-RMN
B73G-2GK-QT3-RMN
B72G-3GK-QT3-RMN
B73G-3GK-QT3-RMN
B74G-3GK-QP3-RMN
B73G-4GK-QT3-RMN
B74G-4GK-QP3-RMN
B74G-6GK-QP3-RMN
Service kit
Auto
B72G-KITA40R
B73G-KITA40R
B72G-KITA40R
B73G-KITA40R
B74G-KITA40R
B73G-KITA40R
B74G-KITA40R
B74G-KITA40R
Manual
B72G-KITM40R
B73G-KITM40R
B72G-KITM40R
B73G-KITM40R
B74G-KITM40R
B73G-KITM40R
B74G-KITM40R
B74G-KITM40R
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +50°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
B72G
B73G
B74G
124
Port
size
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
4224-50
4224-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4324-50
4324-50
4324-50
Neck mounting
bracket
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
Tamper resistant
cover and seal wire
74316-50
74316-50
4461-50
4461-50
4461-50
4461-50
4368-51
4368-51
4368-51
18-013-989
18-013-989
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
4255-51
4255-51
4455-51
4455-51
4455-51
4455-51
4355-51
4355-51
4355-51
Quikclamp
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en124
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Pressure regulators
R72G, R73G, R74G
G∞ to Gª
R72G
Excelon design allows in-line or
modular installation
Balanced valve design for
optimum pressure control
Standard relieving models allow
reduction of downstream pressure
when the system is dead-ended
Push to lock adjusting knob with
tamper resistant accessory
Manifold regulators can be banked
together to provide numerous
regulated pressures from a
common primary pressure
R73G
R74G
Port size
Flow (dm3/s)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
33
50
33
60
98
60
105
105
0,36
0,48
0,36
0,48
0,82
0,48
0,80
0,78
R72G-2GK-RMN
R73G-2GK-RMN
R72G-3GK-RMN
R73G-3GK-RMN
R74G-3GK-RMN
R73G-4GK-RMN
R74G-4GK-RMN
R74G-6GK-RMN
R72G-KITR
R73G-KITR
R72G-KITR
R73G-KITR
R74G-KITR
R73G-KITR
R74G-KITR
R74G-KITR
For reverse option replace ‘G’ at 4th digit by ‘R’ e.g. R7*R-*GK-RMN
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
20 bar
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +65°C (R72G)
-34°C to +80°C (R73G & R74G)
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
Wall mounting
bracket
Neck mounting
bracket
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
R72G
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
4224-50
4224-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4324-50
4324-50
4324-50
74316-50
74316-50
4461-50
4461-50
4461-50
4461-50
4368-51
4368-51
4368-51
18-013-989
18-013-027
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
18-013-013
R73G
R74G
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Tamper resistant
cover and seal wire
4255-51
4255-51
4455-51
4455-51
4455-51
4455-51
4355-51
4355-51
4355-51
Quikclamp
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
Quikclamp and
Quikclamp wall bracket
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
125
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Lubricators
L72, L73, L74
G∞ to Gª
L72
L73
Excelon design allows in-line or
modular installation
Quick release bayonet bowl.
Flow sensor provides a nearly
constant oil/air ratio over a wide
range of flows
All round (360°) visibility of sightfeed dome for ease of drip rate
setting
Micro-fog and oil-fog
L74
Port size
Flow
(dm‹/s)
Bowl
Bowl capacity
(litre)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
24
50
24
64
64
50
70
70
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Guarded transparent
Guarded transparent
Guarded transparent
0,04
0,1
0,04
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,49
0,49
0,49
0,55
0,55
0,60
0,60
0,90
L72M-2GP-ETN
L73M-2GP-ETN
L72M-3GP-ETN
L73M-3GP-ETN
L73M-4GP-ETN
L74M-3GP-QPN
L74M-4GP-QPN
L74M-6GP-QPN
L72M-KIT
L73M-KIT
L72M-KIT
L73M-KIT
L73M-KIT
L74M-KIT
L74M-KIT
L74M-KIT
Models listed are Micro-fog. For Oil-fog models, including service kits, replace ‘M’ at the 4th digit by ‘C’ e.g. L72C-2GP-ETN
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Maximum inlet pressure:
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
L72
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
Quikclamp
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
10 bar
Start point:
L72C
L72M
L73
L74
0,47 dm‹/s
0,94 dm‹/s
0,71 dm‹/s
0,94 dm‹/s
Minimum flow required for lubricator operation at
6,3 bar inlet pressure
L73
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
126
L74
4224-50
4224-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4424-50
4324-50
–
–
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4314-51
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en126
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Pressure relief valves
V72G, V74G
G∞ to Gª
V72G
Excelon design allows in-line
installation or modular installation
with other Excelon products
Push to lock adjusting knob with
tamper resistant accessory
Helps protect air operated
equipment from over pressure by
retarding excessive pressure
build up
V74G
Port size
kg
Model
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
0,33
0,33
0,69
0,68
0,67
V72G-2GK-NMN
V72G-3GK-NMN
V74G-3GK-NMN
V74G-4GK-NMN
V74G-6GK-NMN
Service kit
V72G-KIT
V72G-KIT
V74G-KIT
V74G-KIT
V74G-KIT
Note: for Excelon 73 combinations use V74G.
Norgren pressure relief valves comply with category
O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air
Gauge ports:
Rc1/8
Relief port:
G1/4 (V72G), G1/2 (V74G)
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +65°C (V72G)
-34°C to +80°C (V74G)
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
ACCESSORIES
Series
V72G
V74G
Port size
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Wall mounting
bracket
Neck mounting
bracket
4224-50
4224-50
4224-50
4324-50
4324-50
74316-50
74316-50
74316-50
4368-51
4368-51
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
18-013-989
18-013-989
18-013-989
18-013-013
18-013-013
Tamper resistant
cover and seal wire
4255-51
4255-51
4255-51
4355-51
4355-51
Quikclamp
4214-51
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
Quikclamp and Quikclamp
wall bracket
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
4314-52
127
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
Soft start/dump valves
P72F, P74F
G∞ to Gª
Solenoid pilot operated
Air pilot operated
P72F
Assists machine designers in
complying with the European
Machineries Directive
Can help existing machinery to
comply with PUWER (Provision
and Use of Work Equipment
Regulations)
Controlled increase of
downstream pressure on start up
High forward flow capacity
High flow dump facility
Manual lockout option – when
actuated overrides operating
signal to dump downstream air
P74F
Port size
kg
Solenoid operated model*
kg
Air pilot operated model
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
2,0
2,0
1,05
1,41
P72F-2GC-PFN
P72F-3GC-PFN
P74F-4GC-PFN
P74F-6GC-PFN
0,88
P72F-2GA-NNN
1,02
P74F-4GA-NNN
Solenoid operated models are supplied with 22 mm 24 V d.c. 2 W solenoids but without connector plugs.
* To order unit with connector plug replace ‘N’ at 12th digit by ‘A’ e.g. P7*F-*GC-PFA
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Exhaust port:
Compressed air
Maximum operating pressure:
P72F Rc1/4
P74F G1/2
10 bar
Maximum flow:
Minimum operating pressure:
3 bar
P72F 21 dm‹/s
P74F 57 dm‹/s
Ambient temperature:
Note: Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure
and pressure drop of 0,5 bar
5°C to +50°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Air pilot port:
P72F M5
P74F Rc1/4
Snap pressure:
Full flow when downstream
pressure reaches 50 to 80% of
inlet pressure.
ACCESSORIES
Series
Port size
Exhaust port
silencer
P72F
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
MB002B
MB002B
MB004B
MB004B
P74F
Quikclamp
4214-51
4214-51
4314-51
4314-51
Quikclamp and
Quikclamp wall bracket
Plug with cable gland for 22 mm
solenoid **
4214-52
4214-52
4314-52
4314-52
M/P24121/1*
M/P24121/2
M/P19063
10 ... 50 V a.c./d.c.
70 ... 110 V a.c.
–
* Reduced light intensity at 12 V. .
** For other solenoid plugs refer to page 72
128
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en128
MEMBRANE DRIERS
W07M, W72M, W74M
G∞, G≥
Removes water vapour from
compressed air
Provides dewpoint suppression
up to 44°C below the ambient
temperature, depending on air
flow through the membrane
Dewpoint suppression of 11°C
below the ambient temperature is
suitable for most industrial
applications
W72 and W74 utilize the Excelon®
Quikclamp™ design to provide inline or modular installation with
72, 73 and 74 Series products
W07 available for in-line
installation only
Easy installation, no power
required
Maintenance free with proper
pre-filtration
Minimal pressure drop
Port size
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G1/2
Nominal flow (dm3/s)
Outlet
Inlet
1,00
1,06
2,40
2,65
4,75
5,27
14,20
15,76
Differential pressure (bar)
kg
Model
0,028
0,023
0,062
0,093
0,39
0,82
0,84
1,79
W07M-2GN-NNA
W72M-2GN-NNB
W72M-2GN-NNC
W74M-4GN-NNE
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, pre-filtered to 0,01 µm
and oil free
Maximum operating pressure:
10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20 to 80°C*
*Air supply must be dry enough to avoid ice formation at
temperatures below +2°C.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
129
Air line equipment
EXCELON MODULAR SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES
SOLENOID OPERATED CONTROL VALVES
Series
Port size
Function
Type
Model
72
72
72
74
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
*
3/2 NC
3/2 NC
3/2 NC
3/2 NC
Solenoid
Pilot
Solenoid
Solenoid
P72C-2GC-PFA
P72C-2GA-NNN
P72C-3GC-PFA
P74C-NGC-PFA
High flow, spring return.
Solenoid or air pilot operated.
*Ports are unthreaded. Use Quikclamps.
130
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en130
PORTED COMBINATION UNITS
Filter/regulators and lubricators
P1H
GΩ, G∞
Combinations of filter-regulators
and lubricators can be ordered as
pre-assembled units
Complete control of filtration,
regulation and lubrication at a
single point
Micro-fog versions for most
general purpose pneumatic
applications
TECHNICAL DATA
Filter/regulator & lubricator combinations
Port size
kg
Model
Auto
Manual
G1/8
G1/4
0,37
0,35
P1H-100-A3QG
P1H-200-A3QG
P1H-100-M3QG
P1H-200-M3QG
Models listed include ISO G threads, transparent bowls, filter/regulator with relieving diaphragm, automatic or manual
drain, 40 µm element, 0,3 to 7 bar outlet pressure adjustment range (filter/regulator/lubricator combinations)
ACCESSORIES
Medium:
Compressed air only
Neck mounting bracket
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
18-025-003
18-013-989
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C.
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
131
Air line equipment
PORTED GENERAL PURPOSE FILTERS
F07
GΩ, G∞
Direct ported filters with high
water removal efficiency
Automatic drains supplied as
standard
High flow with minimal pressure
drop
Port size
Flow (dm‹/s)
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
9
9
11,5
11,6
Drain
Auto
Manual
Auto
Manual
Bowl
kg
Model
Service kit
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
F07-100-A3TG
F07-100-M3TG
F07-200-A3TG
F07-200-M3TG
F07-KITA40
F07-KITM40
F07-KITA40
F07-KITM40
Models listed include ISO G threads and 40 µm element.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
ACCESSORIES
Bracket kit
10 bar
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
132
5939-06
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en132
PORTED FILTER/REGULATORS
B07
GΩ, G∞
Filter-regulators for all general
purpose pneumatic applications
High performance design
provides high flow with
minimum pressure drop
Non-rising adjusting knob has
snap-action lock
Port size
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
Flow (dm3/s)
6,2
6,2
6,5
6,5
Drain
Auto
Manual
Auto
Manual
Bowl
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Range (bar)
0,3 ... 7
0,3 ... 7
0,3 ... 7
0,3 ... 7
kg
0,26
0,26
0,26
0,26
Model
B07-101-A3KG
B07-101-M3KG
B07-201-A3KG
B07-201-M3KG
Service kit
B07-KITA40R
B07-KITM40R
B07-KITA40R
B07-KITM40R
Models listed include ISO G threads, relieving diaphragm and 40 µm element.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
Gauge ports:
ACCESSORIES
Neck mounting bracket
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
Panel mounting
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
18-025-003
(Includes nut 2962-89)
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
18-013-989
2962-89 (Plastic nut)
2962-04 (Metal nut)
133
Air line equipment
PORTED PRESSURE REGULATORS
R07
GΩ, G∞
Ported regulators for general
purpose pneumatic applications
Relieving operation as standard
Non-rising adjusting knob with
snap-action lock
Port size
Flow (dm‹/s)
Range (bar)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
6,5
7,5
7
7,5
0,3 ... 7
0,5 ... 10
0,3 ... 7
0,5 ... 10
0,19
0,16
0,19
0,16
R07-100-RNKG
R07-105-RNMG
R07-200-RNKG
R07-205-RNMG
R07-KITR
R07-KITR
R07-KITR
R07-KITR
Models listed include ISO G threads and relieving diaphragm.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
20 bar
ACCESSORIES
Bracket kit
Gauge ports:
Gauge
0 ... 10 bar
Panel mounting
Rc1/8
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +65°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
18-025-003
(includes panel nut 2962-89)
134
18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar)
2962-89 (Plastic nut only)
2962-04 (Metal nut only)
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en134
PORTED LUBRICATORS
L07
GΩ, G∞
Micro-fog lubricators provide a
fine mist for most general
purpose pneumatic applications
TECHNICAL DATA
Micro-fog lubricator
Port size
Flow (dm‹/s)
Bowl
Bowl capacity (litre)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/8
G1/4
5
6,7
Transparent
Transparent
0,03
0,03
0,13
0,13
L07-100-MPQG
L07-200-MPQG
L07-KIT
L07-KIT
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar
Start point:
0,24
ACCESSORIES
Neck mounting bracket
dm3/s
Minimum flow required for lubricator operation at
6,3 bar inlet pressure
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +50°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
18-025-003
(includes panel nut 2962-89)
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar)
2962-89 (Plastic nut only)
2962-04 (Metal nut only)
135
Air line equipment
PORTED PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES - DIAPHRAGM TYPE
V07
GΩ, G∞
Protect compressed air systems
from over-pressurisation
Norgren pressure relief valves comply with
category O(S.E.P.) and category 1 of the Pressure
Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Port size
Range (bar)
kg
Model
Service kit
G1/8
G1/4
0,3 ... 9
0,3 ... 9
0,13
0,13
V07-100-NNLG
V07-200-NNLG
V07-KIT
V07-KIT
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Gauge ports:
ACCESSORIES
Bracket kit
Gauge
Panel mounting
18-025-003
(includes panel nut 2962-89)
18-013-989 (0 ... 10 bar)
2962-89 (Plastic nut only)
2962-04 (Metal nut only)
Rc1/8
Relief port:
As inlet port
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +65°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
136
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en136
GENERAL PURPOSE STAINLESS STEEL REGULATORS
Pressure regulators, filter-regulators
B05, R05
∞" NPTF
B05
R05
Metallic parts meet NACE*
recommendations
Miniature high corrosion
resistant design
Adjusting knob has snapaction lock
Particularly suitable for
marine, petro-chemical, food
processing, medical, dental
and similar applications
Panel mounting facility
* National Association of Corrosion Engineers recognised oil-field recommendation for
resistance to sulphide stress cracking common
in well-head and other corrosive environments.
General purpose filter-regulators
Port size
1/4 NPTF
1/4 NPTF
Flow (dm‹/s)
5
3
Element (µm)
5
–
Drain
Manual
–
Range (bar)
0,3 ... 8,6
0,3 ... 8,6
Operation
Relieving
Relieving
kg
0,42
0,20
Model
Service kit
B05-233-M1LA B05-KITM05R
R05-200-RNLA R05-KITR
ACCESSORIES
Series
Gauge (0 ... 6 bar)
Panel mounting
R05
B05
18-013-844
18-013-844
2962-89 (Nut only)
2962-89 (Nut only)
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar
Gauge ports:
1/8" NPTF
Ambient temperature:
-34°C to +66°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
137
Air line equipment
PORTED STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT
Filters, pressure regulators, lubricators
F22, R22, L22
≥" PTF
R22
F22
L22
Filters
Lloyds Register Type Approved
Materials meet NACE*
recommendations (MR-0175,
2002 revision)
25 µm filter element and auto
drain as standard
Orientable metal bowls with
sightglasses
* Maximum flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and pressure drop of 0,5 bar.
* National Association of Corrosion Engineers –
recognised oil-field recommendation for
resistance to sulphide stress cracking common in
well-head and other corrosive environments
These units can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure, and, generally to pressures in excess of those specified.
* Maximum flow with 10 bar inlet pressure, 6,3 bar outlet pressure and a pressure droop of 1 bar from set.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
17 bar (F22)
20 bar (R22)
Gauge ports:
Port size
1/2 PTF
1/2 PTF
Flow (dm‹/s)*
57
57
Element (µm)
25
25
Drain
Auto
Manual
Bowl
Metal
Metal
kg
1,88
1,84
Model
F22-400-A7DA
F22-400-M7DA
Service kit
kg
1,52
Model
Service kit
R22-401-RNMA R22-KITR
F22-KITA25
F22-KITM25
Pressure regulators
Port size
1/2 PTF
Flow (dm‹/s)*
50
Range (bar)
0,4 ... 10
Operation
Relieving
Lubricators
Port size
Flow (dm‹/s)*
Start point
(dm‹/s)#
Operation
Bowl
Bowl
capacity
kg
Model**
Service kit
1/2 PTF
48
1,7
Oil-fog
Metal
0,2 l
1,93
L22-400-OP8A
L22-KIT
* Typical flow with 6,3 bar inlet pressure and 0,5 bar pressure drop.
** Models listed in the order table must not be located downstream of frequently cycling directional control valves. Order the optional bidirectional oil-fog lubricator for use under such conditions.
# Start point at 6,3 bar.
1/4 PTF (R22)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
138
ACCESSORIES
Series
Bracket kit
F22
R22
L22
18-001-962
18-001-962
18-001-962
Gauge 0 ... 10 bar
18-013-909
Neck mounting bracket
18-001-959 (Panel nut and single bracket)
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en138
ADDITIONAL RANGES
11-818 PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR
Compact, high precision regulators for air gauging,
laboratory use and precise pilot control*
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
* Not recommended for dead end use, consult our Technical Service for details
Compressed air only
Maximum inlet pressure:
10 bar (11-818-100)
14 bar (11-818-110)
8 bar (11-818-999)
Ambient temperature:
0°C to +70°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Port
size
Accuracy
(bar)**
Range
(bar)
Operation
kg
Model
Service
kit
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
0,01
0,03
0,05
0,02 ... 0,5
0,07 ... 4
0,4 ... 10
Relieving only
Relieving only
Relieving only
0,59
0,59
0,59
11-818-999
11-818-100
11-818-110
2787-96
2787-98
2787-97
** Typical mid-range variance from set pressure with 7 bar inlet at 2 dm3/s
A Norgren oil removal filter should be fitted upstream of these units.
Can be adjusted to zero bar outlet pressure and generally to pressures in excess of those specified
DRIP LEG DRAIN
Port size
G1/2
Bowl
Transparent
Model
17-816-999
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en1
Fully automatic unit that can drain liquid from low
points in compressed air systems
Vent valve allows pressure to be exhausted to
atmosphere before routine maintenance is carried out
139
Fittings
Fittings
Tubing
Accessories
140
Pneufit C and M
Pneufit push-in
BSP and hose
Push-in composite
Ø 3 ... 16 mm
Ø 4 ... 14 mm
M5, Ω" ... 1"
Page 141
Page 152
Page 160
Nylon tubing
Polyurethane tubing
Copper tubing
Ø 4 ... 14 mm
Ø 3 ... 12 mm
Ø 4 ... 22 mm
Page 166
Page 166
Page 166
60, 61 Series
MA, MB Series
T40 Series
Ball valves
GΩ ... G∞
Silencers
GΩ ... G2
Sintered bronze silencers
GΩ ... G1
Page 167
Page 169
Page 170
M/S, T45 Series
M/15 Series
Rotating joints
Porous plastic silencers
Ø 4 ... 12 mm
GΩ ... G1
Exhaust filters
GΩ ... G1
GΩ ... G≤
Page 170
Page 170
Page 170
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Norgren Pneufit® C and M fittings are ready to use,
offering fast assembly with no need for tools and
providing optimum flow.
Pneufit® C offers a broad range of over 1,000
composite push-in pneumatic fittings to complement
our established all brass Pneufit® series.
Releasable stainless-steel grab-ring to grip nylon or
polyurethane tube (85 or 95 durometer).
Nickel plated brass components provide corrosion
and contamination resistance and an extended life.
Pre applied thread sealant on all taper threads and
recessed captive O-ring on parallel threads provides
optimum rapid sealing.
Internal and external hexagons on straight fittings.
Immediate quality sealing using silicone free Upacking.
Mounting holes on all union fittings.
Also introducing Miniature Pneufit® M an ultra
compact alternative where space is at a premium.
TECHNICAL DATA
Typical part number: C01470628
Medium:
90° swivel elbow adaptor
Compressed air
Operating pressure:
Body
750 mm Hg vacuum, up to 10 bar
Release button
Ambient temperature:
0 to 60°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below +2°C
Tube sizes:
Standard sizes: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 mm
Miniature sizes: 3, 4, and 6 mm
Thread sizes:
Standard sizes: M5, M6, 1/8", 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2"
ISO G and ISO Rc
Miniature sizes: M3, M5 and 1/8" ISORc
Tubing:
Nylon 11 or 12
Polyurethane 85, 95 or 98 durometer
Grab ring
'O' ring
'O' ring
Thread
MATERIALS
Body: PBT
Seals: NBR (silicone free) u-packing and O-rings
Threaded bodies: nickel plated brass
Release sleeve and backing ring: POM
Grab-ring: stainless steel
Collar: nickel plated brass
Thread sealant: threebond 2350B
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en141
Pre applied
thread sealant
(tapered threads)
141
Fittings
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Straight union
Straight adaptor
(external + internal hex)
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
16
C00200400
C00200600
C00200800
C00201000
C00201200
C00201600
Straight union
(unequal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Tube
6
8
10
12
16
4
6
8
10
12
C00200604
C00200806
C00201008
C00201210
C00201612
Straight adaptor
(external + internal hex)
142
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
C01250418
C01250428
C01250438
C01250618
C01250628
C01250638
C01250648
C01250818
C01250828
C01250838
C01250848
C01251018
C01251028
C01251038
C01251048
C01251218
C01251228
C01251238
C01251248
C01251638
C01251648
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
16
16
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
C02250405
C02250406
C02250418
C02250428
C02250438
C02250605
C02250606
C02250618
C02250628
C02250638
C02250818
C02250828
C02250838
C02250848
C02251018
C02251028
C02251038
C02251048
C02251228
C02251238
C02251248
C02251638
C02251648
Straight adaptor
(internal hex only)
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C022A0405
C022A0406
C012A0418
C012A0428
C012A0438
C022A0605
C022A0606
C012A0618
C012A0628
C012A0638
C012A0818
C012A0828
C012A0838
C012A0848
C012A1018
C012A1028
C012A1038
C012A1048
C012A1218
C012A1228
C012A1238
C012A1248
Female adaptor
O/D
Tube
Female
BSPP
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Bulkhead union
O/D
Tube
C02260405
C02260418
C02260428
C02260438
C02260618
C02260628
C02260638
C02260818
C02260828
C02260838
C02260848
C02261018
C02261028
C02261038
C02261048
C02261228
C02261238
C02261248
Stem reducer
O/D
Stem
O/D
Tube
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
16
4
4
6
6
8
6
8
10
12
C00230604
C00230804
C00230806
C00231006
C00231008
C00231206
C00231208
C00231210
C00231612
O/D
Stem
6
8
4
6
C00290400
C00290600
C00290800
C00291000
C00291200
Straight adaptor
(female bulkhead)
O/D
Tube
BSPP
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
C02320418
C02320428
C02320438
C02320618
C02320628
C02320638
C02320818
C02320828
C02320838
C02321028
C02321038
C02321048
C02321228
C02321238
C02321248
Stem union
Stem expander
(stem/tube)
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
O/D
Tube
C00230406
C00230608
4
6
8
10
12
16
C00220400
C00220600
C00220800
C00221000
C00221200
C00221600
143
Fittings
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Stem union
(unequal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
12
6
8
10
12
16
90° Swivel elbow adaptor
C00220604
C00220806
C00221008
C00221210
C00221612
Plug
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
16
C00040400
C00040600
C00040800
C00041000
C00041200
C00041600
O/D
Tube
C00120400
C00120600
C00120800
C00121000
C00121200
C00121600
Union elbow
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
16
144
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
C01470418
C01470428
C01470438
C01470618
C01470628
C01470638
C01470648
C01470818
C01470828
C01470838
C01470848
C01471018
C01471028
C01471038
C01471048
C01471218
C01471228
C01471238
C01471248
C01471638
C01471648
90° Swivel elbow adaptor
Cap (female plug)
4
6
8
10
12
16
O/D
Tube
C00400400
C00400600
C00400800
C00401000
C00401200
C00401600
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
16
16
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
C02470405
C02470406
C02470418
C02470428
C02470438
C02470605
C02470606
C02470618
C02470628
C02470638
C02470818
C02470828
C02470838
C02470848
C02471018
C02471028
C02471038
C02471048
C02471228
C02471238
C02471248
C02471638
C02471648
Stem elbow
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
12
16
4
6
8
10
12
16
90° Swivel elbow adaptor
(female)
C00430400
C00430600
C00430800
C00431000
C00431200
C00431600
90° Swivel elbow adaptor
(Extended)
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
C02540405
C02540406
C01540418
C01540428
C01540438
C02540605
C02540606
C01540618
C01540628
C01540638
C01540648
C01540818
C01540828
C01540838
C01540848
C01541018
C01541028
C01541038
C01541048
C01541218
C01541228
C01541238
C01541248
C01541638
C01541648
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C02480405
C02480406
C01480418
C01480428
C02480605
C02480606
C01480618
C01480628
C01480638
C01480818
C01480828
C01480838
C01481028
C01481038
C01481048
C01481228
C01481238
C01481248
Banjo
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
C0A510405
C0A510418
C0A510428
C0A510605
C0A510618
C0A510628
C0A510638
C0A510818
C0A510828
C0A510838
C0A510848
C0A511028
C0A511038
C0A511048
C0A511238
C0A511248
Banjo with top port
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
M5
R1/8
R1/4
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
C0D510405
C0E510418
C0F510428
C0D510605
C0E510618
C0F510628
C0G510638
C0E510818
C0F510828
C0G510838
C0F511028
C0G511038
C0G511238
145
Fittings
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Banjo flow control (out)
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C0TAO0418
C0TAO0428
C0TAO0618
C0TAO0628
C0TAO0638
C0TAO0818
C0TAO0828
C0TAO0838
C0TAO0848
C0TAO1028
C0TAO1038
C0TAO1048
C0TAO1228
C0TAO1238
C0TAO1248
Banjo flow control (out)
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
3
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
COK510305
COK510405
COK510418
COK510428
COK510605
COK510618
COK510628
COK510638
COK510818
COK510828
COK510838
COK510848
COK511028
COK511038
COK511048
COK511228
COK511238
COK511248
Banjo flow control (in)
146
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C0SA00418
C0SA00428
C0SA00618
C0SA00628
C0SA00638
C0SA00818
C0SA00828
C0SA00838
C0SA00848
C0SA01028
C0SA01038
C0SA01048
C0SA01228
C0SA01238
C0SA01248
Banjo flow control (in)
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
3
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
COL510305
COL510405
COL510418
COL510428
COL510605
COL510618
COL510628
COL510638
COL510818
COL510828
COL510838
COL510848
COL511028
COL511038
COL511048
COL511228
COL511238
COL511248
Shrouded banjo
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
C0TB00418
C0TB00428
C0TB00618
C0TB00628
C0TB00638
C0TB00818
C0TB00828
C0TB00838
C0TB00848
C0TB01028
C0TB01038
C0TB01048
C0TB01228
C0TB01238
C0TB01248
Shrouded banjo
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
M5
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
C0KB00405
C0KB00418
C0KB00428
C0KB00605
C0KB00618
C0KB00628
C0KB00638
C0KB00818
C0KB00828
C0KB00838
C0KB00848
C0KB01028
C0KB01038
C0KB01048
C0KB01228
C0KB01238
C0KB01248
In-line flow control
Swivel tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
CO0GE0400
CO0GE0600
CO0GE0800
CO0GE1000
CO0GE1200
Union tee
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
16
C00600400
C00600600
C00600800
C00601000
C00601200
C00601600
Union tee
(unequal)
O/D
Tube
Centre leg
O/D Tube
6
8
10
10
12
12
16
16
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
16
16
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
C02670405
C02670406
C02670418
C02670428
C02670438
C02670605
C02670606
C02670618
C02670628
C02670638
C02670648
C02670818
C02670828
C02670838
C02670848
C02671018
C02671028
C02671038
C02671048
C02671228
C02671238
C02671248
C02671638
C02671648
C006A0604
C006A0806
C006A1006
C006A1008
C006A1208
C006A1210
C006A1610
C006A1612
Swivel side tee adaptor
Swivel tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
O/D
Tube
C01670418
C01670428
C01670438
C01670618
C01670628
C01670638
C01670648
C01670818
C01670828
C01670838
C01670848
C01671018
C01671028
C01671038
C01671048
C01671218
C01671228
C01671238
C01671248
C01671638
C01671648
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C01680418
C01680428
C01680438
C01680618
C01680628
C01680638
C01680648
C01680818
C01680828
C01680838
C01680848
C01681018
C01681028
C01681038
C01681048
C01681218
C01681228
C01681238
C01681248
147
Fittings
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Swivel side tee adaptor
Swivel tee adaptor (female)
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
M5
M6
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C02680405
C02680406
C02680418
C02680428
C02680438
C02680605
C02680606
C02680618
C02680628
C02680638
C02680818
C02680828
C02680838
C02680848
C02681018
C02681028
C02681038
C02681048
C02681228
C02681238
C02681248
Union Y (equal)
Stem tee (equal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
12
4
6
8
10
12
C026C0405
C026C0406
C016C0418
C016C0428
C026C0605
C026C0606
C016C0618
C016C0628
C016C0638
C016C0818
C016C0828
C016C0838
C016C0848
C016C1018
C016C1028
C016C1038
C016C1048
C016C1228
C016C1238
C016C1248
O/D
Tube
C00630400
C00630600
C00630800
C00631000
C00631200
4
6
8
10
12
C00820400
C00820600
C00820800
C00821000
C00821200
Union Y (unequal)
(unequal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
6
8
10
12
C00630604
C00630806
C00631008
C00631210
O/D
Tube
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
6
8
10
12
C00820604
C00820806
C00821008
C00821210
Swivel Y adaptor
Stem side tee (equal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
12
4
6
8
10
12
C00640400
C00640600
C00640800
C00641000
C00641200
(unequal)
148
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
6
8
10
12
C00640604
C00640806
C00641008
C00641210
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C01880418
C01880428
C01880438
C01880618
C01880628
C01880638
C01880648
C01880818
C01880828
C01880838
C01880848
C01881018
C01881028
C01881038
C01881048
C01881218
C01881228
C01881238
C01881248
Swivel Y adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPP
Thread
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
M5
M6
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Manifold union
C02880405
C02880406
C02880418
C02880428
C02880438
C02880605
C02880606
C02880618
C02880628
C02880638
C02880648
C02880818
C02880828
C02880838
C02880848
C02881018
C02881028
C02881038
C02881048
C02881228
C02881238
C02881248
O/D
Tube
Outlet
O/D
Tube
inlet
4
4
6
6
8
6
8
8
10
10
C00D30604
C00D30804
C00D30806
C00D31006
C00D31008
Male manifold
O/D
Tube
Outlet
O/D
Tube
inlet
BSPT
Thread
4
4
6
8
6
8
8
10
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
C01D30418
C01D30428
C01D30628
C01D30838
Stem Y
(equal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
12
4
6
8
10
12
C00840400
C00840600
C00840800
C00841000
C00841200
Stem Y
(unequal)
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
10
6
8
10
12
Stem manifold
O/D
Tube
O/D
Stem
4
4
6
8
6
8
8
10
C00J30604
C00J30804
C00J30806
C00J31008
C00840604
C00840806
C00841008
C00841210
Hand valve tube to tube
O/D
Tube
6
8
10
12
Union cross
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
C00GF0600
C00GF0800
C00GF1000
C00GF1200
C00900400
C00900600
C00900800
C00901000
C00901200
149
Fittings
PNEUFIT C AND M COMPOSITE FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube
Hand valve thread to thread
Straight union
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
C01GG1818
C01GG2828
C01GG3838
C01GG4848
3
4
6
M00200300
M00200400
M00200600
Straight adaptor
(external hex + internal hex)
Hand valve tube to thread
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
C01GH0618
C01GH0628
C01GH0638
C01GH0818
C01GH0828
C01GH0838
C01GH1028
C01GH1038
C01GH1048
C01GH1228
C01GH1238
C01GH1248
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M02250303
M02250305
M02250306
M02250403
M02250405
M02250406
M01250418
M02250605
M02250606
M01250618
Straight adaptor
(internal hex only)
Hand valve thread to tube
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
R 1/4
R 3/8
R 1/2
C01GJ0618
C01GJ0628
C01GJ0638
C01GJ0818
C01GJ0828
C01GJ0838
C01GJ1028
C01GJ1038
C01GJ1048
C01GJ1228
C01GJ1238
C01GJ1248
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M022A0303
M022A0305
M022A0306
M022A0403
M022A0405
M022A0406
M012A0418
M022A0605
M022A0606
M012A0618
Straight adaptor
(female thread)
Straight union
(unequal)
150
O/D
Tube
O/D
Tube
4
6
6
3
3
4
M00200403
M00200603
M00200604
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M02260303
M02260305
M02260306
M02260403
M02260405
M02260406
M01260418
M02260605
M02260606
M01260618
Union elbow
Swivel side tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
3
4
6
M00400300
M00400400
M00400600
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M02680303
M02680305
M02680306
M02680403
M02680405
M02680406
M01680418
M02680605
M02680606
M01680618
90° Swivel elbow adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric &
BSPT thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M02470303
M02470305
M02470306
M02470403
M02470405
M02470406
M01470418
M02470605
M02470606
M01470618
Union tee
O/D
Tube
3
4
6
M00600300
M00600400
M00600600
Swivel tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPT
thread
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
M3
M5
M6
M3
M5
M6
R1/8
M5
M6
R1/8
M02670303
M02670305
M02670306
M02670403
M02670405
M02670406
M01670418
M02670605
M02670606
M01670618
151
Fittings
PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube
Compact units featuring
retained collets and positive
tube anchorage.
Silicone free O-ring seals.
Non-PTFE based thread
sealant on all BSP taper
threads.
Easy tube insertion for rapid
assembly.
Internal hexagon on straight
adaptors allows assembly in
confined spaces.
For simple and quick
assembly of pneumatic
circuits.
Wide range of types available.
Reliable and corrosion
resistant.
TECHNICAL DATA
Tubing:
Medium:
Nylon 11 or 12, polyurethane*
and other plasticised or
unplasticised tubing which
conforms to the tolerances
specified in
BS5409/1:1976, light and
normal duty, DIN 73378, DIN
74234,
NFE 49-100.
*It is light,stable and has a
hardness of 92 to 98 shore A.
Compressed air
Operating pressure:
Vacuum - 18 bar unless
otherwise stated (dependant on
tubing specification)
Ambient temperature:
-20°C to +80°C
Consult our Technical Service for use below
+2°C
Tube sizes:
4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 mm O/D
Warning: The push-in tube
fittings in this section must not
be used in vehicle air braking
and ancillary systems.
For push-in fittings suitable for
these applications please
consult our Technical Service
for details.
MATERIALS
Body: nickel plated brass or
glass filled nylon
Collet: nickel plated brass
'O'-ring: Silicone free nitrile
rubber
Sealing washer (parallel
threads): nitrile 'O'-ring
Thread sealant: non-PTFE
Tube stop
O-ring
Collet
Internal hexagon
Body
Thread sealant
152
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en152
Straight adaptor
Straight stem adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
O/D
Stem
BSPT
Thread
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
M3
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
102250403
102250405
102250418
102250428
102250505
102250518
102250528
102250605
102250618
102250628
102250818
102250828
102250838
102250848
102251018
102251028
102251038
102251048
102251228
102251238
102251248
102251438
102251448
Straight adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
101250418
101250428
101250518
101250528
101250618
101250628
101250818
101250828
101250838
101250848
101251018
101251028
101251038
101251048
101251228
101251238
101251248
101251438
101251448
Straight adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric &
BSPP female
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
101150418
101150428
101150518
101150528
101150618
101150628
101150818
101150828
101150838
101151028
101151038
101151048
101151238
101151248
Straight stem adaptor
O/D
Stem
BSPP
Thread
4
4
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
102150418
102150428
102150518
102150618
102150628
102150818
102150828
102150838
102151028
102151038
102151238
102151248
102151438
Straight connector
O/D
Tube
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
100200400
100200500
100200600
100200800
100201000
100201200
100201400
Bulkhead connector
O/D
Tube
102260405
102260418
102260428
102260518
102260528
102260618
102260628
102260818
102260828
102261028
102261038
102261238
102261248
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
100290400
100290500
100290600
100290800
100291000
100291200
100291400
153
Fittings
PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube
Mixed bulkhead connector
PIF to compression fitting
O/D
Tube
O/D tube
comp
4
6
8
10
12
4
6
8
10
12
100310404
100310606
100310808
100311010
100311212
Supplied complete with tubing nut and sleeve.
Unequal stem
O/D
Tube
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
4
4
5
4
5
6
4
6
8
4
5
6
8
10
6
8
10
12
100230504
100230604
100230605
100230804
100230805
100230806
100231004
100231006
100231008
100231204
100231205
100231206
100231208
100231210
100231406
100231408
100231410
100231412
6
8
100230406
100230608
Straight stem
connector – brass
O/D
Stem
154
Hose
bore
5
6
6
8
8
10
12
12
5
5
6,3
6,3
8
10
10
12,5
100190505
100190605
100190606
100190806
100190808
100191010
100191210
100191212
O/D
Stem
Expanding
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
O/D
Stem
Silencer
Reducing
O/D stem
4
6
Stem tailpiece adaptor
100220400
100220500
100220600
100220800
100221000
100221200
100221400
4
6
8
10
12
100110400
100110600
100110800
100111000
100111200
Fixed elbow adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
101450418
101450428
101450518
101450528
101450618
101450628
101450818
101450828
101450838
101450848
101451018
101451028
101451038
101451048
101451228
101451238
101451248
90° swivel elbow adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
M3
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
102470403
102470405
102470418
102470428
102470505
102470518
102470528
102470605
102470618
102470628
102470818
102470828
102470838
102470848
102471018
102471028
102471038
102471048
102471228
102471238
102471248
102471438
102471448
90° swivel elbow adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
101470418
101470428
101470518
101470528
101470618
101470628
101470638
101470818
101470828
101470838
101470848
101471018
101471028
101471038
101471048
101471228
101471238
101471248
101471438
101471448
Extended swivel elbow
adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
101540418
101540428
101540618
101540628
101540818
101540828
101540838
101541038
45° swivel adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPP
Thread
6
6
8
8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
102570618
102570628
102570818
102570828
155
Fittings
PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube
Equal elbow connector
O/D
Tube
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
100400400
100400500
100400600
100400800
100401000
100401200
100401400
Stem elbow connector
Equal
O/D
tube
O/D
Stem
4
6
8
4
6
8
Extended
O/D tube
O/D
Stem
6
6
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
M5
G1/8
M5
G1/8
G1/4
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
102670405
102670418
102670505
102670518
102670528
102670605
102670618
102670628
102670818
102670828
102670838
102671028
102671038
102671228
102671238
102671438
102671448
100430400
100430600
100430800
Swivel tee adaptor
100440600
Bulkhead swivel elbow
connector
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
12
14
Swivel tee adaptor
100490400
100490600
100490800
100491000
100491200
100491400
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
101670418
101670428
101670518
101670618
101670628
101670818
101670828
101670838
101671028
101671038
101671048
101671228
101671238
101671248
101671438
101671448
Equal tee connector
O/D
Tube
Fixed tee adaptor
156
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
5
6
6
8
8
10
12
R1/8
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R1/4
101650418
101650518
101650618
101650628
101650818
101650828
101651028
101651228
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
100600400
100600500
100600600
100600800
100601000
100601200
100601400
Fixed side tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
6
8
8
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
4 way cross connector
O/D
Tube
101750618
101750818
101750828
4
6
8
10
100900400
100900600
100900800
100901000
Parallel Y connector
Swivel side tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
102680405
102680418
102680618
102680628
102680818
102680828
102680838
102681028
102681038
102681228
102681238
102681438
102681448
Swivel side tee adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
4
5
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/8
R1/2
101680418
101680428
101680518
101680618
101680628
101680818
101680828
101680838
101681028
101681038
101681228
101681238
101681248
101681438
101681448
Equal
O/D
tube
O/D
Tube
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
Unequal
O/D tube
O/D
Tube
6
8
10
4
6
8
100820400
100820600
100820800
100821000
100820604
100820806
100821008
Parallel Y adaptor
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
101880418
101880618
101880628
101880818
101880828
101881038
101881048
157
Fittings
PNEUFIT PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Metric
Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube
Manifold
O/D
Tube
inlet
O/D
Tube
Outlet
8
8
10
10
4
6
6
8
Tee banjo assembly
non regulating bolt
100D60804
100D60806
100D61006
100D61008
2 inlets; 6 outlets.
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
6
6
8
8
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
10A710405
10A710418
10A710618
10A710628
10A710818
10A710828
Manifold
O/D
Tube
inlet
BSPT
O/D
Thread
Tube
Outlet (x6)
8
8
10
6
6
8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
101D60628
101D60638
101D60848
Elbow banjo assembly
non regulating bolt
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
M5
G1/8A
M5
M5
G1/8A
G1/4A
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
10A510405
10A510418
10A510505
10A510605
10A510618
10A510628
10A510818
10A510828
10A510838
10A511028
10A511038
Elbow banjo assembly
regulating out
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
10TA00418
10TA00618
10TA00628
10TA00828
10TA00838
10TA01028
10TA01038
10TA01248
Pressure rating on this item 10 bar.
Elbow banjo assembly
regulating out
O/D
Tube
BSPT
Thread
6
R1/8
10T000618
Pressure rating on this item 10 bar.
Elbow banjo assembly
regulating out
O/D
Tube
Metric & BSPP
thread
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
M5
G1/8
M5
G1/8
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
10K510405
10K510418
10K510505
10K510518
10K510605
10K510618
10K510628
10K510818
10K510828
10K510838
10K511028
10K511038
10K511238
10K511248
Pressure rating on this item 10 bar.
158
Elbow banjo body
O/D
Tube
Bolt
Thread
4
4
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
M5
R1/8
M5
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
100510405
100510418
100510505
100510605
100510618
100510628
100510818
100510828
100510838
100511028
100511038
100511238
100511248
Tee banjo body
O/D
Tube
Bolt
Thread
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
M5
R1/8
M5
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
Banjo bolt
Non regulating double stacking
100710405
100710418
100710605
100710618
100710628
100710818
100710828
Banjo bolt
Non regulating single
stacking
Metric & BSPP
thread
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
20A000005
20A000018
20A000028
20A000038
20A000048
Regulating out banjo bolts
Single stacking
(screwdriver adjustable)
Flow
Metric & BSPP
thread
Reg out
G1/8A
G1/4A
M5
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/8A
G1/4A
Reg in
Bi direc
20K000018
20K000028
20L000005
20L000018
20L000028
20L000038
20M000018
20M000028
Metric & BSPP
thread
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
20B000005
20B000018
20B000028
20B000038
20B000048
Banjo bolt
Non regulating triple stacking
BSPP
Thread
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
20C000018
20C000028
20C000038
PIF Non-return valve
O/D
Tube
Flow Factor
Cv*/C**
4
6
8
10
12
0,09/0,38
0,38/1,57
0,78/3,2
1,103/4,5
1,64/6,7
T50P0004
T50P0006
T50P0008
T50P0010
T50P0012
*Cv: US gall/min. **C: dm‹/(s.bar).
Pressure rating on this item 10 bar.
Banjo bolt
Non-regulating single stacking
with top port (BSP parallel)
Port
thread
Bolt
Thread
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
20E001818
20F002828
20G003838
159
Fittings
BSP & HOSE FITTINGS
M5, Ω" to 1" BSP
Bright nickel plated.
Corrosion resistant.
Compact design.
Washers included where
necessary.
TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIALS
Medium:
Bar parts: brass to BS 2874:
1986 (CZ 121), bright nickel
plated
Stamped parts: brass to BS
2872: 1969 (CZ 122), bright
nickel plated
Sealing washers: copper
(Delrin for M5 items)
Compressed air or any fluids
compatible with the materials
listed opposite.
Operating pressure:
Generally limited by tubing
specification except where
plastic sealing washers are
used (banjo bolts and M5 units).
In these cases pressure is
limited to 18 bar. Suitable for
vacuum applications. flow
regulating banjos are limited to
1 to 10 bar operating range.
Ambient temperature:
Generally limited by tubing
specification except where
plastic sealing washers are
used (banjo bolts, & M5 units).
In these cases temperature is
limited to +70°C.
160
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en160
BSP connector
Bulkhead connector
Reducing
Male
BSPP
Female Metric
and BSPP thread
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G3/4
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
Metric &
BSPP
thread
Female
BSPP
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
160231805
160232805
160232818
160233818
160233828
160234818
160234828
160234838
160236828
160236838
160236848
160230518
160231828
160231838
160232838
160232848
160232868
160233848
160233868
160234868
Supplied with sealing washer.
BSP connector
Reducing
Male
BSPT
Female
BSPP
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
R1/2
R1/2
R1/2
R3/4
R3/4
R3/4
R1
R1
R1
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Expanding
Male
BSPT
Female
BSPP
R1/8
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
Metric &
BSPP thread
Male metric
thread
M5
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
M10 x 1,0
M16 x 1,5
M20 x 1,5
M26 x 1,5
M28 x 1,5
M33 x 1,5
M42 x 1,5
160290005
160290018
160290028
160290038
160290048
160290068
160290088
Supplied with locknut.
Sleeve adaptor
Metric &
BSPP thread
Metric &
BSPP thread
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1
M5
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
160220505
160221805
160221818
160222818
160222828
160223818
160223828
160223838
160224818
160224828
160224838
160224848
160226848
160226868
160228868
160228888
Adaptor
150231818
150232818
150232828
150233818
150233828
150233838
150234818
150234828
150234838
150234848
150236828
150236838
150236848
150238838
150238848
150238868
150231828
150231838
150231848
150232838
150232848
150232868
150233848
150233868
150234868
150236888
Female
NPTF
Male
BSPT
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
Female
BSPP
Male
NPTF
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
154231818
154232828
154233838
154234848
154236868
172232828
172233838
172234848
Nipple adaptor
Metric &
BSPP thread
Metric &
BSPP thread
M5
G1/8
G1/8
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G1/2
G1/2
G3/4
G3/4
G1
G1
G1
M5
M5
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1
160200505
160201805
160201818
160202818
160202828
160203828
160203838
160204828
160204838
160204848
160206848
160206868
160208848
160208868
160208888
Supplied with sealing washers.
161
Fittings
BSP & HOSE FITTINGS
M5, Ω" to 1" BSP
Nipple adaptor
BSPT
Thread
BSPT
Thread
R1/8
R1/4
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R3/8
R1/2
R1/2
R1/2
R1/2
R3/4
R3/4
R3/4
R3/4
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R1
Hose adaptor
150201818
150202818
150202828
150203818
150203828
150203838
150204818
150204828
150204838
150204848
150206828
150206838
150206848
150206868
150208838
150208848
150208868
150208888
Hexagon nipple
Male
BSPT
Male
NPTF
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
154201818
154202828
154203838
154204848
154206868
Hose
bore
BSPT
Thread
4
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
12
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
19
25
25
32
R1/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R3/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R3/4
R1
R1
291170418
291170618
291170628
291170638
291170718
291170728
291170738
291170828
291170838
291170918
291170928
291170938
291170948
291171018
291171028
291171038
291171238
291171328
291171338
291171348
291171368
291171638
291171648
291171668
291171938
291171948
291171968
291172568
291172588
291173288
Adaptor fittings – allow connection between
components and system using BSP or NPT
threads.
Swivel hose adaptor
Plug
BSPT
Thread
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R1
150050018
150050028
150050038
150050048
150050068
150050088
Hose
bore
Female
BSPP
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
G1/4
G3/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
302180428
302180438
302180628
302180638
302180748
Hose connector
Hose
bore
Plug
Metric &
BSPP Threads
M5
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/2A
G3/4A
G1A
Supplied with sealing washer.
162
160050005
160050018
160050028
160050038
160050048
160050068
160050088
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
300140404
300140505
300140606
300140707
Hose adaptor
Hose bore
Inch/mm
BSPT
Thread
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
16
16
19
19
3/4
1
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/8
R1/4
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R1/2
R3/4
R1/2
R3/4
R1
R1
Tee connector
Female
BSPP
301170318
301170328
301170418
301170428
301170438
301170448
301170518
291170828
301170618
301170628
301170638
301170648
301170728
301170738
301170748
301170768
291171648
291171668
291171948
291171968
301170988
301171088
Hose adaptor
Hose bore
mm
BSPP
Thread
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
6
9
9
9
9
13
13
13
13
19
M5 x 0,8
G1/8A
G1/8A
G1/4A
G1/8A
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/8A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/2A
G1/4A
G3/8A
G1/2A
G3/4A
G3/4A
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
160620018
160620028
160620038
160620048
160620068
Tee
Male
BSPT
Female
BSPP
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
150690018
150690028
150690038
150690048
150690068
Tee
BSPT
Thread
292170305
292170318
292170418
292170428
292170518
292170618
292170628
292170638
292170918
292170928
292170938
292170948
292171328
292171338
292171348
292171368
292171968
R1/4
150600028
Cross
Female
BSPP
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
160920018
160920028
160920038
160920048
Supplied with sealing washer.
Elbow
Flat union
Male
BSPT
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
R1
Female
BSPP
150331818
150332828
150333838
150334848
150336868
150338888
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
160420018
160420028
160420038
160420048
160420068
163
Fittings
BSP & HOSE FITTINGS
M5, Ω" to 1" BSP
Elbow
Male
BSPT
Female
BSPP
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
R3/4
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Elbow banjo assembly
Non-regulating
150430018
150430028
150430038
150430048
150430068
Male
BSPP
Female
BSPP
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
16A511818
16A512828
16A513838
16A514848
Female parallel BSP thread to male parallel
BSP thread.
Elbow banjo assembly
Regulating out
Elbow
BSPT
Thread
R1/8
R1/4
R3/8
R1/2
150400018
150400028
150400038
150400048
Male
BSPP
Female
BSPP
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
16K511818
16K512828
16K513838
16K514848
Arrow on bolt hexagon indicates free flow
direction.
Pressure range 1 to 10 bar.
Elbow banjo body
Locknut
BSPP
Thread
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
Natural brass finish
164
360546 01
360546 02
360546 03
360546 04
360546 06
Female
BSPP
Bolt
Thread
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
Female parallel BSP thread.
160511818
160512828
160513838
160514848
TUBING & HOSES
Ø 3 to 22 mm O/D
Available in a variety of
different types to suit a wide
range of applications.
All tubing can be used with
specific ranges of tube fittings
shown in this catalogue.
Nylon and polyurethane tube
available in a range of colours
for ease of identification.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air. Consult our
Technical Service for use with other
fluids.
Operating pressure:
Refer to specific tubing type on the
following pages.
Ambient temperature:
Refer to specific tubing type on the
following pages.
MATERIALS
Nylon tube: nylon (polyamide) type 12,
fully plasticised and light stabilised.
metric tube meets the requirements
of DIN 73378 and BS 5409.
Polyurethane tube: is light stabilised
and has a hardness of 92-98 shore A.
Copper tube: phosphorous deoxidised copper to BS6017 grade CuDHP.
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
CONVERSION FACTORS
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURES
O/D mm
Max. pressure (bar)*
at -40°C to +20°C
Min. bend radius mm
Nylon
Polyurethane
Nylon
Polyurethane
3
4
5
6
–
15
–
7
28
10
25
7
31
11
25
9
25
9
30
16
Maximum continuous working temperature: nylon +80°C, polyurethane +60°C.
*Multiply by factors in table alongside for use at higher temperatures.
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en165
8
10
12
14
Working temperature
Factor
19
9
50
17
24
9
60
25
18
9
75
–
15
–
80
–
+30°C
+40°C
+50°C
+60°C
+80°C
0,83
0,72
0,64
0,57
0,47
165
Fittings
TUBING & HOSES
Ø 3 to 22 mm O/D
Nylon to DIN 73378, DIN 74324 and BS5409-1 : 1976 table 2
Colour
Length
(m)
Natural
Natural
Black
Black
Blue
Blue
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
30
100
30
100
30
100
30
100
30
100
30
100
O/D I/D tube
4/2,5
PA0004030C
PA0004100
PA0704030C
PA0704100
PA0504030C
PA0504100
PA0104030C
PA0104100
–
–
PA0204030C
PA0204100
5/3
PA0005030C
PA0005100
PA0705030C
PA0705100
PA0505030C
PA0505100
–
–
–
–
–
–
6/4
PA0006030C
PA0006100
PA0706030C
PA0706100
PA0506030C
PA0506100
PA0106030C
PA0106100
PA030C6030C
PA030C6100
PA0206030C
PA0206100
8/6
PA0008030C
PA0008100
PA0708030C
PA0708100
PA0508030C
PA0508100
PA0108030C
PA0108100
PA030C8030C
PA030C8100
PA0208030C
PA0208100
10/7,5
PA0010030C
PA0010100
PA0710030C
PA0710100
PA0510030C
PA0510100
PA0110030C
PA0110100
PA0310030C
PA0310100
PA0210030C
PA0210100
12/9
PA0012030C
PA0012100
PA0712030C
PA0712100
PA0512030C
PA0512100
PA0112030C
PA0112100
–
–
PA0212030C
PA0212100
14/11
PA0014030C
PA0014100
PA0714030C
PA0714100
–
–
PA0114030C
PA0114100
–
–
–
–
5/3
PU0005030C
PU0005100C
PU0705030C
PU0705100C
–
–
–
–
6/4
PU0006030C
PU0006100C
PU0706030C
PU0706100C
PU0506030C
PU0506100C
PU0106030C
PU0106100C
8/5,5
PU0008030D
PU0008100D
PU0708030D
PU0708100D
PU0508030D
PU0508100D
PU0108030D
PU0108100D
10/7
PU0010030D
PU0010100D
PU0710030D
PU0710100D
PU0510030D
PU0510100D
PU0110030D
PU0110100D
12/8
PU0012030D
PU0012100D
PU0712030D
PU0712100D
PU0512030D
PU0512100D
–
–
Polyurethane
Colour
Length
(m)
Natural
Natural
Black
Black
Blue
Blue
Red
Red
30
100
30
100
30
100
30
100
O/D I/D tube
3/2
4/2,5
PU0003030C –
–
–
–
PU0704030C
–
PU0704100C
–
PU0504030C
–
PU0504100C
–
PU0104030C
–
PU0104100C
Key: (D) = Drum (C) = coil. Above also in 30 m
Copper tubing to BS 2871 : Part 2 with dimensions generally to table 4
Type
0/D-I/D mm
Pressure (bar)*
4/2,8
128
6/4,4
112
CS6004010
CS 6006010
8/6,4
81
10/8,4
64
12/9,6
81
Length
10 m coil
Annealed
3 m straight Annealed
Type
CS6008010
CS 6010010
CS 6012003
4/2,8
0/D-I/D mm
Pressure (bar)* 193
6/4,0
218
8/6,0
157
10/7,6
150
12/9,6
122
16/13,6
89
22/19,0
81
CS 7016003
CS 7022003
Length
3 m straight Half hard
CS 7004003
CS 7006003 CS 7008003
CS 7010003
CS 7012003
*Recommended safe working pressure at -200°C to +50°C. For higher temperatures, multiply by factor in table below.
Working
temperature
Factor
Half hard
copper
+50°C ... +100°C
+100°C ... +150°C
+150°C ... +175°C
+175°C ... +200°C
0,97
0,82
0,63
0,43
0,95
0,88
0,54
0,29
Tubing channels
O/D
Tube
5
6
8
12
166
No. of
channels
10
10
10
6
100HA0500
100HA0600
100HA0800
100H61200
BALL VALVES
60, 61 Series
Brass
Ω" to 4" BSP
Precision engineered shut-off valves.
Minimum resistance to fluid flow.
Positive quick open/shut action.
Flow in either direction (except exhaust
type).
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium:
Compressed air, inert gases, water, oils
and many hydrocarbon derivatives
depending upon valve seat material
Operating pressure:
Refer to tables
Ambient temperature:
Refer to tables opposite
MATERIALS
60 Series:
Nickel plated brass to UNI-5705-65,
chromium plated brass, zinc plated steel,
PTFE seats and nitrile or Viton rubber
seals
61 Series:
Stainless steel body, stem, ball nut and
handle PTFE seats
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en167
167
Fittings
BALL VALVES
60, 61 Series
Brass
Ω" to 4" BSP
Mini
Reduced bore
Exhausting
Full bore
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
10
10
10
10
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1/4
12
12
12
12
12
12
601112118
601112128
601112138
601112148
PTFE seats, nitrile seals
Operating temperature: -10°C to +90°C
602113128EX
602113138EX
602113148EX
602113168EX
602113188EX
6021131A8EX
PTFE seats and seals
Operating temperature: 0°C to +60°C
Female/
Male
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/8
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
10
10
10
10
601112218
601112228
601112238
601112248
PTFE seats, nitrile seals
Operating temperature: -10°C to +90°C
Three way
Full bore
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
25
25
25
16
602114428
602114438
602114448
602114468
PTFE seats, Viton seals
Operating temperature: -15°C to +150°C
Standard
Full bore
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
G1∞
G1≥
G2
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
16
602112128
602112138
602112148
602112168
602112188
6021121A8
6021121B8
6021121C8
PTFE seats, Viton seals
Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C
Lockable exhausting
Full bore
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
13,6
13,6
13,6
13,6
13,6
601812128
601812138
601812148
601812168
601812188
Note: lever lockable only in closed position.
Standard handle accepts Ø 7 mm shackle.
Stainless steel ball valves
Female
Maximum
pressure (bar)
G1/4
G3/8
G1/2
G3/4
G1
100
100
100
64
64
615112128
615112138
615112148
615112168
615112188
Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C
*To order ‘Tee’ handled version change 4th
character to 2
168
QUIETAIRE HEAVY DUTY SILENCERS
MA and MB Series
Ω" to 2" BSPT, BSPP
Reduce the noise levels of
pneumatic equipment.
Prevent open line exhaust
dangers.
Corrosion resistant.
High flow capacity with low
back pressure.
Brass mesh screen and
aluminium construction
provide improved flow, longer
life and cleanable element.
Prevent metal chips, abrasive
grits, dust and other
contaminants from entering
open exhaust ports.
TECHNICAL DATA
Medium
Male thread
Model
NPT
MB001B
MB002B
MB003B
MB004B
MB006B
MB008B
Female thread
BSPT
MBP03B
MBP06B
MBP10B
Compressed air, filtered,
lubricated and non-lubricated,
inert gases
Port
size
Flow Factor
Cv*/C**
Model
BSPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1∞"
1,3 / 5,3
2,3 / 9,4
4,9 / 20,0
6,8 / 27,7
14,8 / 60,4
18,0 / 73,4
23,6 / 96,3
MA001B
MA002B
MA003B
MA004B
MA006B
MA008B
*Cv measured in US/gall/min **C measured in dm‹/(s.bar)
BSPP
Port
size
Flow Factor
Cv*/C**
MA012C
MA016C
1/8"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1≥"
2"
0,8 / 3,26
2,4 / 9,79
5,7 / 23,3
6,9 / 28,1
18,0 / 73,4
20 / 81,6
39 / 159,1
59 / 241,0
*Cv measured in US/gall/min **C measured in dm3/(s.bar)
Operating pressure
-1 to 20 bar
Ambient temperature
-20°C to +80°C
Operation
Exhaust silencer
Mounting
Directly in the exhaust port
MATERIALS
Aluminium body and shell,
brass mesh element
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en169
169
Fittings
ADDITIONAL RANGES
SINTERED BRONZE SILENCERS, T40 SERIES
BSPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
Model
BSPP
Model
T40B1800
T40B2800
T40B3800
T40B4800
T40B6800
T40B8800
M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
T40M0500
T40C1800
T40C2800
T40C3800
T40C4800
T40C6800
T40C8800
Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic
equipment.
Compact and efficient.
Screw directly into the exhaust port.
Prevent the ingress of dirt.
M/S & T45 POROUS PLASTIC SILENCERS
BSPP
Model
M5
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
M/S0
M/S1
M/S2
M/S3
M/S4
M/S6
M/S8
Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic
equipment
Compact, efficient and lightweight
Screw directly into the exhaust port
Prevent the ingress of dirt
O/D Tube
Model
4
6
8
10
T45P0004
T45P0006
T45P0008
T45P0010
Threaded silencers
Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic
equipment
Compact, efficient and lightweight
Insert directly into Push-In Fitting exhaust port
Prevent the ingress of dirt
Stem or PIF silencers
EXHAUST FILTERS
BSPP
Model
G1/8
G1/4
G1/2
G3/4
G1
M/1511
M/1512
M/1514
M/1516
M/1518
Prevent the ingress of dirt with minimal flow
restriction
Robust and compact
Screw directly into the exhaust port
SLOW ROTATING JOINTS
BSPT
Taper
Model
1/8
1/4
3/8
04 0174 00
04 0175 00
04 0176 00
For use with a variety of fluids
7 bar maximum
50 r.p.m. maximum
FAST ROTATING JOINTS
Medium
BSPT
Taper
Model
Pressure
Vacuum
1/4
1/4
04 0161 00
04 0162 00
170
Pressure and vacuum models
For use with a variety of fluids
7 bar maximum
2000 r.p.m. maximum
www.norgren.com/info/nec/en170
Index
Part number/series
0405
102GA, ..B, ..D
11-818
17-816
18 D
24011 NAMUR
26230 NAMUR
33 D
60 Series
61 Series
80200
82400 Click-on®
82530
84500
84520
95000
96000
97100 NAMUR
A44000
B05
B07
B64G
B68G
B72G
B73G
B74G
Ball valves
BL64
BL68
BL72
BL73
BL74
BSP & Hose
Copper tubing
Excel 22
Excel 32
F07
F22
F64B/L
F64C/H
F64G
F68C/H
F68G
F72C
F72G
F72V
F73C
F73G
F74C
F74G
F74H
F74V
FFB64
FFV68
KM/55001/M
KM/8000/M
L07
L22
L64
L68
L72
Page
103
101
139
139
106
92
87
107
167
167
96
88
89
90
90
93
94
91
27
137
133
115
115
124
124
124
167
110
110
120
120
120
160
166
78
79
132
138
113
112
111
112
111
122
121
123
122
121
122
121
122
123
114
113
49
48
135
138
117
117
126
Part number/series
L73
L74
M/1510
M/160300/M/11, ...M/12
M/160330/M/12
M/160340/M/11, ...M/12
M/160350/M/11, ...M/12
M/160360/M/12
M/160380/M/12
M/160390/M/12
M/162000/MI
M/261000/M
M/261100/M
M/261200/M
M/261300/M
M/261400/M
M/2720
M/31000
M/345
M/346
M/369, M/370
M/418, ..419, ..420, ..421
M/44000/M
M/46000,../M
M/50
M/50100
M/50200
M/58024/VB, ... /VF
M/58027/VAP/P, ... /VAN/P
M/58028/VB, ... /VF
M/58102
M/58112
M/58300
M/58400
M/60100/M
M/60210/M
M/60270/M
M/60280
M/61000/M,../MR
M/61200/M,../MR
M/630
M/7200
M/800
M/S
MA, MB
Nylon tubing
P1H
P64F
P72C
P72F
P74C
P74F
PM/31000
Pneufit C, M
Pneufit Push-in
Polyurethane tubing
PRA/181000/M
PRA/182000,../M
PVA/182000/M
QM/132
QM/32
Page
126
126
170
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
47
29
30
31
32
33
80
51
54
54
54
54
26
28
52
18
18
58
58
58
56
55
57
57
34
44
45
46
35
36
105
105
102
170
169
166
131
119
130
128
130
128
50
141
152
166
19
20
23
53
53
Part number/series
R05
R07
R22
R64G
R68G
R72G
R73G
R74G
RA/191000/M
RA/192000/M
RA/193000/M
RA/8000,../M
RM/28000/M
RM/55401/M
RM/59100/C
RM/8000/M
RM/91000/M
RM/92000
Rotating joints
RT/57100/M
RT/57200/M
S/510
S/520
S/636
Super X
SXE/P ISO˙STAR
T1000
T1100
T15
T20
T40
T45
T50
T51, T52, T53
T55
T60
T65
T70
TQM/31
TQM/33
Two-hand control unit
V07
V40/V41
V44/V45
V60 ... V63
V64H
V68H
V72G
V74G
VM10
VM15
VP12
VP50
VP51
VS18/VS26
VSM/55600/N2
W07M
W72M
W74M
XSz
Page
137
134
138
116
116
125
125
125
12
14
12
24
6
10
5
7
16
17
170
8
9
104
105
105
82
70
100
100
99
103
170
170
105
98
97
97
105
104
53
53
80
136
64
66
74
118
118
127
127
73
73
84
85
86
69
11
129
129
129
96
171
Notes
172
173
Notes
174
175
Notes
176

Similar documents

store.norgren.com

store.norgren.com RT/57100/M Roundline cylinders Single acting - Ø 10 to 40 mm One fifth shorter than the basic length of a corresponding ISO/VDMA cylinder Low friction, long life seals High strength, double crimped...

More information

herion - IMI Precision Engineering

herion - IMI Precision Engineering Caution: In this case part number and symbol on label shows different function. Therefore check gasket position when mounting valve. Air actuated valves Drawing includes cover plate.

More information

Norgren Air Preparation Products and Accessories

Norgren Air Preparation Products and Accessories It is often a case that with fairly simple machines, lubricated air is required for valving and pneumatic circuitry and oil-free air for air bearings. To keep costs low two separate lines are unnec...

More information